Aches & PainsAlternative MedicineChildren's HealthDisabilitiesDisease, Illness & ConditionsEye CareFirst AidHealth Care IndustryInjuriesMental HealthOlder AdultsOral HealthReproductive HealthWellness

Hip Replacement Recovery: What to Expect, Timelines, Outcomes

Updated on May 31, 2017
Will Apse profile image

The author is a biologist who worked in conservation, aquatic biology, and woodland management over many years.

Many people recover fully from a hip replacement within three months.
Many people recover fully from a hip replacement within three months.

A Note From the Author

Several years ago, my uncle had total hip replacement surgery. When I searched for information about the operation and recovery, there was little to be found. So, with help from an orthopedic nurse, I wrote this article in order to provide others with an outline of what to expect.

Since publication, the article has acquired nearly 3,000 comments.

It is these comments that make the page valuable. For a purely medical perspective, there is now a wonderful resource here: https://www.niams.nih.gov/health_info/Hip_Replacement/

For more detailed and personal experiences, the forum (at the bottom of this page), is an invaluable resource.

The Operation

Any surgery brings its worries but hip operations are routine and the techniques are well tested. Around 300,000 operations were performed last year in the US, alone. There is a very low rate of complications and hip replacement recovery is usually very good. For many people, a return to simple activities like walking a dog without pain are the gift of a lifetime.

As long as you have chosen a reputable hospital you should be able to let your medical team conduct your aftercare with full confidence. They know what is normal and expected during recovery and what is not. As long as you keep them fully informed of how you feel, they can take the best steps to reassure you or tackle any problems.

The op will take around 3 hours.
The op will take around 3 hours.

Typical Recovery Timeline

  1. The operation. This takes up to 3 hours.
  2. You will be monitored in a recovery room until you wake up.
  3. Once you are awake and ready to move, you will be taken to your hospital room.
  4. From the first day after surgery until you leave hospital, a physical therapist will introduce you to various exercises to speed up a return to full mobility in your hip.
  5. Returning home- you can travel in a normal car, though you will need to keep your leg straight. Some people with smaller cars remove the front passenger seat of their car and sit in back. Usually this isn't necessary. Your nurse can advise.
  6. After you return home (usually between one and three days after the operation) a physical therapist will work with you 3 or 4 times a week.
  7. Staples closing the incision (or incisions) will be removed after 14 days.
  8. You will be encouraged to gradually build up the amount of exercise as the weeks pass, though it is important to avoid falling and stairs will be a problem without the help of crutches or a walker.
  9. You can start driving again about six weeks after the operation unless you are still using pain medication.
  10. Follow up visits to your surgeon are typically at 3 weeks, 6 weeks, 3 months, 6 months and 12 months.

The fitter you were before the operation, the better your chance of full recovery.
The fitter you were before the operation, the better your chance of full recovery.

Full Recovery

For many people, their new hip is a joy to use after only three months. They can walk long distances, cycle and even hike up mountains. For others, recovery might take longer- perhaps even a full year. This depends on many factors like pre-operation fitness, age, weight, discipline in following exercises routines etc. Certainly, the more closely you follow medical advice and the more you talk to your doctor, the more likely you will recover at an optimal rate.

Lifetime of Replacement Hip

Technology is always advancing and hip replacements are lasting longer and longer. A recent study found that the majority of hip replacements installed twenty five years ago are still fully functional.

The lifetime of new prosthetics is expected to be even longer.

Complications of Hip Replacement Surgery

Blood clots in the leg need to be carefully managed by the medical team with medication and special stockings.

About 2 percent of patients will suffer a serious infection. This usually results from bacteria entering the body after the operation, sometimes from dental work or sometimes from skin or urinary infections. Any dental work should be preceded by a course of antibiotics.

Things Patients find most Difficult after Surgery

Shortly after surgery:

  • A burning sensation around the area of the incision. This can be treated with icepacks. The incision area should be kept dry, though.
  • During sleep you shouldn’t cross the operated leg over the 'center line' of the body for a few weeks to avoid stressing the muscles and ligaments of the hip. Use plenty of pillows to support the leg comfortably and keep it in place.
  • Pain in areas around the hip not previously affected. Trauma to various tissues during surgery can result in temporary pain- always mention any discomfort to your doctor.
  • Clunking sounds from the prosthetic. In the first few months after surgery, the muscles that normally keep the hip joint tightly in place may be too weak. This can cause partial separation of the ball and socket, resulting in strange sounds. These should disappear with time. If there is any pain, talk to a doctor as soon as possible.
  • Emotional impacts. Some people have unrealistic expectations of the amount of time it will take to recover. They feel bad that they are letting people at work or home down or that they are a burden afer the operation. There are some great, candid discussions in the forums linked to below. Thinking- and talking- issues like this through before your operation could save a lot of upset.

After a few months:

  • Stiffness after sitting down for a while, which might mean using a stick to start walking.
  • Sudden jarring of the foot (produced by jumping say) can cause pain
  • The joint may squeak during prolonged exercise.
  • Hip replacement recovery after a year or so
  • The vast majority of people simply forget they have ever had a hip replacement.

Hip Replacement Recovery Forum

The forum below is vast and can be opened successively in increments of 500 posts.

If you have a particular issue, the search feature in your page browser can help you to find comments that are relevant.

Forum

    0 of 8192 characters used
    Post Comment

    • profile image

      Alexis 25 hours ago

      I had THR a year ago and everything is great...I have my minor pains if I move wrong but lately my knee is killing me. The pain is intense. Has anyone had this problem?

    • profile image

      Elisa goyette 2 days ago

      The nurse removed the bandage yesterday and put a different one on I still have staples in today my leg at incision sight is very swollen is this normal

    • profile image

      Kittykat2017 6 days ago

      I'm two weeks from hip resurfacing on my left hip. At one week I went for a walk with one hiking pole and felt pretty good. But I will tell you wth all the reading before surgery I didn't read about the intense stiffness like muscles, tendons stiffness, like a great white got you by the leg swam around and shook you a bit.I also describe I as if a a anaconda or bull constrictor is wrapped around it. It's goes away more and more each day.My miles on my Apple Watch were saying in past couple days about 2500 steps a day.today was over 2 miles and 4300 steps but super stiff on both hips. Im getting my right hip scheduled to be done in 4 weeks.Not too much swelling and a lot of it has gone down. Went to the two week check up with the doc and he said it looks good now PT.

    • profile image

      Davec5 6 days ago

      Hi, had thr 5 weeks ago, had been in pain for 7 years and went through hell, sometimes housebound for days just sized up, my two hips are bad pain switching from one to the other after operation no more pain ,,heaven ,,was home after two days biggest problem was sleeping was all over the place up at all hours , ,I found it hard for 2 weeks and when I got staples out it just got better , I'm on two crutches but one would do but until I see surgeon next week I will do as I'm told , I walk a lot and find no pain just get stiff after sitting , I think soon I will have the other. Hip done which I not a bit worried about as many have said just do what the tell you and never overdo it, best decision I ever made should have done it years ago ,was under the idea that a miracle cure was around the corner ,only one cure and with advancement it's a good operation , ,I'm 56 and got my life back , good luck to the rest

    • profile image

      James 7 days ago

      Had anterior done 5 weeks ago. Age 63 male

      Events:

      - Walked day of surgery with walker

      - Left clinic after 23 hours with walker

      - took minimal meds for 3 days. If i have another done I will take no meds. Do not help much and constipation not worth it.

      - After 4 days couldn't sleep (anesthisia hangover) tylenal pm worked

      - 14 days staples out

      - 14 days first walks without walker

      - 18 days walking 1/2 mile minimum outside

      - 21 days walked 3 miles AND PAID THE PRICE!

      - 22 days could barely walk with cane

      - 30 days (current) muscles seem 90%. Rarely a hint of pain while sitting. Almost back to where I was 8 days ago.

      Note I track heart rate via fitbit. Prior to surgery resting was 58 with 50 to 52 as a low during the night. & days post surgery resting was up to 78!, with a low of 71! Now after about 4 weeks resting is back down to 63 with lows of 56. Conclusion = My body is almost caught up and not working so hard to repair itself.

    • profile image

      Terri 8 days ago

      1 year and 3 mos. out of bilateral hip replacement for me and have never felt better! I was in so much pain before that I didn't take any pain meds after, hospital staff couldn't believe it! I just started working out again because I've gained weight, but can do an hour on the treadmill at 3.3 speed, wondering since we can't run, how fast can we walk without doing any damage. Anyone know?

    • profile image

      milero 9 days ago from Gloucester UK

      Impatient Paula

      3 weeks post op I was walking 10 minutes daily with the power walking sticks (no crutches) but everyone's different .

      Im happy to send any of you the exercises I did, but please email

      p e t er at forgemotorsport dot co dot UK

      Don Gillette I really recommend the use of several ice packs to the area it will give some relief and help recovery.

    • profile image

      Mary G 9 days ago

      In August I had bilateral anterior hip replacement. Other than an initial infection post op and blood transfer it has been mostly good. 9 months post op, I am experiencing numbness in my right hip, right foot and now right hand. Wondering since my right side was always the more painful side in recovery what this might be.

      I was healing so well, this is discouraging.

    • profile image

      Don Gillette 9 days ago

      This was a good article and addressed some of my concerns here on POD #6. I guess I'm just terribly impatient, but when I looked in the mirror today after a shower and saw a Silverback Gorilla looking back at me, I panicked. I had no idea the swelling would be so severe and would go all the way from my thigh to my waist AND around 70% of my back!! No wonder it hurts to sleep on my back. I've been sleeping on my side (non-operative one) with a pillow between my legs. I've also noticed that my usual chair (at my desk) has me at 90 degrees OR MORE all the time without trouble. I've already tried backing off the pain meds and decided that was foolishness this early in the process, so if I start hurting, I hit the Oxycodone like a man possessed. Still, I'm wondering how long before this swelling will go away...

    • Jacz52 profile image

      Jacz 11 days ago from Syracuse, NY

      Reading the comments makes me feel a bit relieved about my recent relapse from my THR. I had the surgery mid Jan. and been doing great until a few wks ago. I have been in severe pain and can hardly walk. Saw my dr. PA she said not uncommon to experience siatic pain. I am back on pain med. taking it slow and have had to put my exercise program on hold. I think I returned to yoga too soon.

      I have to remind myself I had major surgery. Once I feel more confident I will start walking and then return to my gym, but not yoga for awhile.

    • ZenZen profile image

      ZenZen 2 weeks ago

      Hi Rosehip 19. It's nice to hear from you. I pop in regularly still. Sorry to hear you may have another op looming. I unfortunately don't have any advice on that, just moral support. I've had THR both hips and revision on 1, ( 4 dislocations), in the past 5 years. Still recovering. Don't lose hope newer Hippies; it does get better. My right hip is perfect now. Bone on bone is HELL.

    • profile image

      Impatient Paula 2 weeks ago

      Milero/Gail would you share the exercises you mention below more widely if possible. I am 3 weeks post THR age 51 (congenital hip dysphasia) and really unsure if I am progressing as well as I should be. Walking with one crutch but still getting pain and a lot of cramping after I exercise. First NHS physio tomorrow so will see what's on offer but would happily pay for private physio if helps rehab. Maybe my expectations are too high- interested to hear how well you were doing 3 weeks out. Thanks

    • profile image

      Bea Loesch 2 weeks ago

      It is now six months since I had a THR and it is fine. No limping, no pain. I am to the point of actually forgetting this ever happened. I started back in the pool as soon as the weather got warm enough for me that was around the 1st of May. Doing all pool exercises and I love being back in the water with no pain. Next week I am going to try bike riding..I haven't been able to use my bike for about five years so it should be a challenge for me. Anyone thinking about getting a THR do it! Bone on bone hurts so why not fix it...get rid of the limp and pain and get your life back!

    • Wraakian profile image

      Wraakian 3 weeks ago

      Thanks guys, I will make a list and put it forward to the surgeon Gail. I have pain in my lower leg that is more annoying than anything though my outer hip pain is the main cause of my limping. We have the National Health Service so although I went private to try and hurry things up before my op, I do not need to pay anything now and did not need to pay for my op. With regards to physio, I do have a full set of various exercises off the physio that I am following for the first 12 weeks post op so that shouldn't be a problem. Thanks again!

    • profile image

      milero 3 weeks ago from Gloucester UK

      Gail Crawford

      Sounds like you are progressing well.

      I think to offer advice in time scales for bending past 90, crossing legs, getting up from the floor maybe bad information to pass due to the differences in healing times, levels of pain tolerance etc. We are all different and recovery times will all vary hugely person to person .

      Start to make a list right now of any issues you have, any questions , make notes on any pain of uncomfortable feelings or symptoms.

      I really suggest that any questions should be directed firstly to your surgeons who can advise you.

      When you go to see them, take your list with you and have them answer each question , it’s their job , they are the experts they will be able to help, If they are vague or you do not understand ask again, make them explain.

      More than 50% of recovery is down to the mental process and how confident you are in your healing progress , if you have doubts the recovery becomes more difficult.

      I read every post on this forum and the biggest issue I can see is the lack of regular use of a good physiotherapist to assist in recuperation, strengthening and gaining confidence, I was lucky as my health insurance provider allowed for 12 visits to the physio.

      This was crucial in my recovery, again ask your surgeon to recommend one to you , ideally one who specialises in hip op recovery. If you have to pay and I know it’s easy to say but please try to make that commitment to 3 or 4 sessions you will 100 % reap the rewards.

      It seems that to many of you, have the basic post op physio, i.e. using crutches , going up stairs - down stairs , sit to stand etc. Then you are sent home to fend for yourselves. but there is so much more that’s needed that will help.

      I am more than happy to share the exercises that I was given if you email me . ( last time I put my Email up the post was deleted due to it being tagged as spam) so I will try this

      p e t er at forgemotorsport dot co dot UK

      Good luck everyone

    • profile image

      rosehip19 3 weeks ago

      5.5 years on from my thr. Still in pain on the front of the thigh. This is due to the ileopsoas tendon rubbing against the misaligned socket or possibly extruded glue. Steroid injections into the area reduce the pain, but they wear off, and I now have had the maximum of three. Next step would be a keyhole surgical op to loosen that tendon. Would have to pay for this, and it would obviously reduce the strength in that leg. Anyone else had this done?

    • profile image

      Gail Crawford 3 weeks ago

      I have found such a variety of experiences recorded on this site and it is really helpful to read the experiences of others.

      When I think of the pain I have had, I am amazed that some people go home after thr, in a day or two, and don't need pain medication. I am 65, slim, and reasonably fit - have practised yoga for 30 years or so;

      was hospital 9 days - electing the last two because my partner was not going to be home. This is in a large regional city in Australia and thankfully I have good health insurance.

      I had posterior hip replacement 6 weeks ago and still need 5 mg oxycodone twice a day, usually around 1 pm and definately about 6.30 - 7.30 pm. That's been my pattern after cutting down from 3 a day. My surgeon is not concerned about this and says I am doing really well and that I should not worry about it. Oxy is in addition to 2 Panadol Osteo thrice a day. I have rarely taken Panadol before but I think these slower release meds help.

      Early attemps to reduce dependence on Oxycodone were difficult - I think I expected to be able to do that too early, so I am accepting now that 2 a day is going to be ok for another week or so - vast improvement from the 8 I had early on in hospital (I had a bad reaction to a different long acting drug which was either an alternative or supplement.)

      I found it very surprising how much improvement one makes from day to day so if you are reading this and feeling a bit despondent or discouraged imho the following might help:

      Be kind to yourself.

      It's ok to have a lay day and watch catchup tv. Mandatory really.

      Let the cat stay on the bed to keep you company.

      Heat packs soothe the areas that set up some aching.

      The first weeks I wore skirts with no knickers - they can be irritating right on the scar.

      Now I am into soft leggings and think I am not ready to wear jeans which are my usual preference.

      I am driving our automatic at 6 weeks but don't feel ready to use the geared vehicle.

      Last week I returned to a regular exercise class and found I could do about 80% of it with a few substitutions. Not ready for floor work yet, so I am guessing that yoga will be out until perhaps 3 months - I want to be able to do at least half of it before taking those classes on again.

      It all sounds a bit woosy but gives you an idea of what the 6 week mark looks like for me.

      I would really like feedback on a few questions:

      1. When can you bend or close to less than 90 degrees?

      2. When were you able to get up and down from the floor safely?

      3. My operated leg was already my longer leg by at least 10mm - do you think any length as a result of the prosthesis, settles a few mm? I feel I have a few mm extra but surgeon says I don't.

      4. When were you able to twist and cross one leg in front of the other safely?

      5. When were you able to lie face down - for massage or osteopathic treatment?

      THR is apparently the operation that produces the most patient satisfaction and life improvement. I already agree and my quality of life is already much improved. Thanks in advance to readers who can give some detail about my 5 questions.

      Gail

    • Wraakian profile image

      Wraakian 3 weeks ago

      I've done very well having recovered quickly at each stage of the recovery process. The Physio signed me off after just 15 minutes in the hospital gym as they could see I could do far more than anyone after just 4 - 5 weeks post op. After 9 weeks post op however I am finding it more difficult as I cannot walk very far (approx 10 minutes) without a pain build up in my hip area and then I start to limp. If I stop and wait for the pain to lessen and start to walk again it only takes 5 minutes before the pain reaches it's previous painful level and limping again. I do not know if this is the norm and have been waiting for my 6 week post op assessment to ask if this is normal. Unfortunately, I never received the appointment and telephoned the secretary who said she will get my appointment sorted right away but that was another week ago and I am now as I said earlier 9 weeks post op? I am sleeping on my operated side now (now without any pillow beteen my legs) which has helped as I could never sleep successfully on my back due to having had 3 major back operations many years ago. I still do some exercises but with less frequency ie: twice daily instead of four times daily but with long walks to compensate for less time doing those exercises. I am 70 years of age in July 2017 and have always kept myself very fit since my youth. I am going back to the gym after twelve weeks to do mainly the recumbent cycle, light weights and swimming (without doing breaststroke with the legs of course).

    • profile image

      Jay 3 weeks ago

      5 days out of hip replacement am I going to be able to go to a graduation party

    • profile image

      Shaunny 3 weeks ago

      Im 33 and had both hips replaced. The first one in January I was able to work a little more and more each week after PT so 5weeks in I started small. Was pretty good by 5months able to climb a tree...well just got home from my left one yesterday..in a lot of pain. Hopefully it's the same recovery time but my right one is still healing

      Too so I just have to take it how it comes and with a bit more grace. It truly is a longer process than I would like as I am young and extremely active but hey beats the alternative.

    • profile image

      Shayne 4 weeks ago

      I've been home 4 days from hospital.. today while using wlaker comming from bathroom I got a cramp in back of thigh.. I straightened my leg out behind me and felt a sharp pain..in lower back.. now it's like iam back to square 1.. iam in bed ice packs pain killers .nothings working..

    • profile image

      Carol reyes 4 weeks ago

      My husband is 6 days postop.i hip surgery.he still can't move left leg at all.is this normal?

    • profile image

      Kevin 4 weeks ago

      I had total hip replacement 4 years ago. I'm having this sharp burning pain in my femor radiating down to my knee. Is this common?

    • profile image

      Neil 4 weeks ago

      My recovery is very similar to Jack's. I'm 44 and had my hip replaced 2 weeks ago... I was in the hospital for 24 hours and walking 6 hours after surgery. I currently have a cane but can get around without it now. As for the pain..im finding it hard to sleep but the pain is getting less. I'm off all the pain killers. I do have pain in my thigh that is similar pain I've had in the past after a good workout. It's muscle pain and although uncomfortable at times I can work through it. I've been walking regularly which is important. Strength your muscles and eventually the aches will stop. It's a major surgery so your body needs to mend. If you are looking for a good surgeon google Dr Steven Harwin in NYC. He is the best .i did a lot of reseach. I left the hospital with no restrictions which is not typical. Harwin has performed thousands of replacements and the best around. To all..keep moving and stretching... then rest.

    • profile image

      sue henry 5 weeks ago

      this is my third hip 2 on one side and now on the other i had total knees 26 and 27 yrs ago this time it feels like my legs are finally even is this possible and if so is the pain i am having in my right leg (newest surgery) from bone settling thanks in advance

    • profile image

      Judy Aldridge 5 weeks ago

      I had a right hip replacement first week of March. Periodically my femur is very sore. How long does that last? I've been also experiencing pain in my right chin area. Does anyone know what is causing this?

    • profile image

      Sandy 5 weeks ago

      Anterior right hip replacement Apr 3, 2017. Just curious about normal aches and pains during healing and recovery.

    • profile image

      Chelsea L. Hernandez 6 weeks ago

      I had a left thr a month before my 26th birthday in 2013. Everything was great up until about a year in where I started having the same pains as before. I'm coming up on my 4yr thr anniversary and I have the exact same pain I did before the surgery. X-rays show that everything is still intact and no one can tell me why I have this excruciating pain that has me not wanting to get out of bed about 90% of the time. It's to the point of depression, not being able to keep up with my boys (ages 8 and 11 months).

    • profile image

      milero 7 weeks ago from Gloucester UK

      Hi Sally A

      I would suggest you get a consultation on your symptoms and some ideas on what maybe causeing the problems

    • profile image

      Sally A. Beynon Carter 7 weeks ago

      Since successful hip replacement surgery of 2 years ago I am still experiencing heat and muscle stiffness in legs in spite od daily walking and light exercises. Is this normal?

    • profile image

      Wendy from Australia. 8 weeks ago

      Hi everyone, I had a Anterior THR on 18 April and was out of hospital after 3 days walking with 2 canes and able to shower and dress myself (in a fashion). I am walking quite well still with my canes and doing my exercises 2 or 3 times a day. Unfortunately I have not been able to see a Physio since leaving hospital and won't until next week so I have been doing the exercises the hospital gave me and increasing the number of them. This morning was the first time I had slept through the night without additional pain melds but am paying for it this morning somewhat as I am having shooting pains down my thighs into my knee and down into my shin. I have taken pain medication and applied a heat pack and the pain is slowly subsiding. All in all I am happy with my shiney new hip after 16 months of agony and increasing pain medication. I am nearly 73 years of age, somewhat 'cuddlesome' and don't get much time to relax what with one thing and another. I go back to see my lovely surgeon next week when he will remove the dressing and inspect the site. Hopefully from then it will be upward and onward lol. Best of luck to everyone on this site - your comments have been very helpful.

    • profile image

      Gail 2 months ago

      I was kicked out of hospital less than 23 hours after a HIP revision surgery... too scared, tramatized to return to UNIVERSITY hospital. when can I lose my cane and when can I go in a public swimming pool. My primary was Medicare and my part B was BLUE CROSS.

    • profile image

      milero 3 months ago from Gloucester UK

      I have been watching this site over the years since my first right THR 5 years ago .after some initial issues it’s a good 8-9/10.

      Had a left THR on November 2016, all went well. I was pain free and with no pain relief within 24 hours . I was walking on two crutches in 6 hours and out of hospital in 2 days following surgery, until two weeks when I suffered a total dislocation when in the office ( I run my own business so was doing a 3 hour office stint ).

      In to the A&E and 10 hours it was back in by the good old National health service. I had great treatment .24 hours later I suffered my second total dislocation , this time I went in the Ambulance to my insurance surgeon in Cardiff who put me on bed rest for 6 days ( over a weekend ) whilst he ordered new a new larger cup for my pelvis. His diagnosis was I had severely torn and ruptured all my muscles / ligaments surrounding the hip joint,

      On Dec 14th I had a revision done, so far all is good. I was off crutches in 6 days and on the way. I am pain free and I am working hard with my Physiotherapist.

      From reading many of the comments on this page I think that the best advice I can give is do your research on your surgeon , I was lucky enough to have one of the UKs leading surgeons recommended to me, the next advise is get good physio, this is important from day 2 , find one who specialises in hip rehab and go to them , I am back at work full time , driving , I am doing box step ups, side step up’s , sit to stand squats , lying hip thrusts , and I have resistance band for leg side to side and front to back , I am riding 30 mins on static bike every other day and cross trainer for 30 mins twice a week . Physio is so important to help you on your way to recovery and to have someone to speak to about your concerns and worries.

    • profile image

      Tony-I 3 months ago

      Just got cleared to return to work on 3/6 - So four weeks after THR. Healing very well but I do still have some pain and discomfort in my hip. I am assuming this is muscles healing. It does seem to be getting better each day - will report in one month. I have noticed if I "do too much" I pay for it - will try to build up the distance walked in a more gradual way.

    • profile image

      Michelle 3 months ago

      I had THR (anterior approach) 3 weeks ago. At age 50 it was one of the most frightening decisions I ever made but I am so glad I had it done!! I suffered for a long time and its going to take time not only for the hip to heal but also my back as I limped for so long everything was out of balance. The pain I had prior to surgery was gone immediately and while I still have a little pain and stiffness it is nothing like before and continues to improve daily. I rode a mile on a bike today at PT, can walk without pain or a limp, and and continue to get stronger by the day. I can't emphasize two important things enough - go into it with a positive outlook and be committed to taking care of yourself and push through all of the therapy exercises.

    • profile image

      gcjurgens@cox.net 4 months ago

      I have significant pain in my incision and buttocks 3 months following THR surgery. Is this normal?

    • profile image

      Mary 4 months ago

      I had full hip replacement in March 2016 & still having trouble with the scar & pains in the groin but have seen the x-rays & all ok. Now have to try a tablet which I can not get at the hospital as it is to expensive but the one they would give me I'm allergic to. My gp I see next Monday & hope to have it from him. I'm so fed up with it I wish I hadn't had it done. Thought I would be better by now.

    • profile image

      Constance 4 months ago

      Keeping up with helpful health info is of utmost priority to me!

    • profile image

      Fred 4 months ago

      I had posterior right hip replacement 9 weeks ago. A spinal tap kept me numb post-op and my pain level was never over a five. Now I'm back in gym doing sit-down weights (maximum of 50 lbs.), walking regularly and playing golf. I'm not taking full swing yet. I owe most of this to a great surgeon and the fact that I have done the prescribed rehab exercises twice a day. I'm 67 and have kept myself in great shape my entire life.

    • profile image

      Tony-I 4 months ago

      What a difference a week makes. All the swelling has gone away and scar healing very well

      I can get around without the walker now but it does ache a bit. Leg still feels week. Plan to build up strength

      Still taking a few painkillers but only when I first get up. Plan to cut those out soon. Thirteen days since surgery. If you are still in your first week hang in there I feel the turning point comes after about day 6 or 7.

    • profile image

      Gail Belanger 4 months ago

      Just fell getting into a recliner one week after surgery...should i tell my doctor

    • Airplane Charlie profile image

      Airplane Charlie 4 months ago

      JR, yes what you are experiencing is normal. I have had 3 surgeries on each hip. Failed metal on metal hardware. Last revision was a porcelain ball and plastic liner. In my left hip is a recalled Stryker modular component that is causing great pain, been 5.5 years since last revision on that hip. My surgeon now never used that stem and is sending me to a dr who used that stem until it started experiencing a high failure rate. I am possibly looking at a complex revision to replace the stem in my left femor. Please make a special trip to your dr if you experience any kind of unusual pain since you are only 10 weeks post op. Good luck, google hip pain after thr and there is plenty to read. Bottom line, if you have a doubt see your dr. If your dr cant explain why you are having pain, get a 2nd opinion. Hope this has helped you. Good luck!

    • profile image

      JRathjen57 4 months ago

      Had THR 10-weeks ago. I still have soreness when getting off a chair or out of bed. I stumble and limp on the new hip for like the first 2-4 steps but then can walk normally without a cane. The joint still feels weak though and the leg. Is this normal at 10-weeks?

    • Will Apse profile image
      Author

      Will Apse 4 months ago

      @tony-i

      I maintain the page as a place for people to talk and share their experiences but do not get as involved as I used to.

    • profile image

      MaryAnn 4 months ago

      Its been 1yr. 2mo. Since my THR. I had my surgery, was up that night with a walker, and pt the next day. I was home that next day. I did the pt thing. But I honestly did more on my own. I walked alot, I couldnt use my walker, that made me crazy! I carried a cane for balance.

      I took a fall about 2 weeks ago. In alittle pain

      but the dr said it looks good.

      Im still alittle leary about my new hip, but I think we all are. Im just thankful that I can get around again. I am 63.

    • profile image

      tony-i 4 months ago

      Just had right hip replaced 6 days ago Feb 6th 2017.. still pretty sore. Interesting to read other people's comments. I am 54 year old male.. is this place kept updated ?

    • profile image

      MissingWrangler 4 months ago

      Too Katherine L

      I tried to email you direct but it didn't work.

      I had my surgery for my right hip on April 11/16 and went back to work 41/2 months later. What a mistake both my knees hurt the back of my legs ached and my other hip felt worse then my surgery side.

      10 months later my left knee still hurts once and a while but my muscle on top of my incision is still giving me grief.

      When I first saw my physio therapist in Nov she thought 4-6 weeks to correct my walking and increase the muscle mass lost.

      21/2 months later she is hoping I will heal in another 2-3 months then I should be good.

      I excerise twice a day to gain strength and flexibility, my hip is stiff and sore but doesn't hurt. It has been a long haul but I can see the light at the end of the tunnel.

      I am 54 old male that went into the surgery in good physical condition 6' 200 lbs. I rode my mountain bike everyday for a year, 1 to 3 hours a day putting over 4000 km on my bike and worked out so my body core was strong.

      I have to say that this surgery has weighed heavily on me and my healing has taken far to long in my option.

      I have just found out I need my other hip replaced and I am having second thoughts since my right hip isn't fully recovered.

      Katherine keep you head high, I understand what you are going through.

      All the best

      Regards Dave

    • profile image

      Jean french 4 months ago

      I had thr 2016 I have no pain .. but as I have arthritis I can't walk with out a limp , my hip feels week , I swim regularly and walk every day .

    • profile image

      Jeko 5 months ago

      I had a THR on the left side (anterior approach) 16 days ago. I was released after one night in the hospital, and started PT the next day. The pain was severe for the first three days (especially after exercising), but was well-controlled. I began going upstairs several times a day with no problem. I tried to be a hero, and wean myself off the pain meds after four days...don't try it...just medicate for a full week, and do all your home PT!

      After five days the nerves around the incision started healing and became a bit uncomfortable, but no worse than I expected. I transitioned from walker to cane on day four, and stopped oxy and switched to tramadol. Day six I switched to acetaminophen, taking tramadol only at bedtime, and by day nine, I stopped the tramadol altogether.

      I have been doing all my PT, and walking as much as possible. While I still have some soreness, I feel that it is quite normal, and no worse than the pain associated with a hard workout. The incision pain gets better every day, and I have had no joint pain. The pain down to the knee, and side of the leg, had me worried about nerve damage (too much Googling), but turned out to be nothing but sore muscles from the stretching during surgery.

      All in all, I have no regrets or concerns, and would do it again, if needed!

    • profile image

      JoMo56 5 months ago

      I had total hip surgery on my left side 5 months ago. My left leg feels great and I have had no problems. However I feel this pain on my right side directly under my breast. I have many tests done (blood work, chest x-rays, ultra sounds ) to rule out gall bladder. I am wondering if it could be the way I am walking. Has anyone had trouble on the other side like this?

    • profile image

      Aluminum Walking Crutches 5 months ago

      Hey, very nice site. I came across this on Google, and I am stoked that I did. I will definitely be coming back here more often. Wish I could add to the conversation and bring a bit more to the table, but am just taking in as much info as I can at the moment. Thanks for sharing.

      www.wheelchair.ooo

    • profile image

      Miraculous Mimi 5 months ago

      I am 61...fairly thin, and quite athletic all my life. I had THR surgery (posterior approach) on Dec. 30, 2016 at Hospital for Special Surgery in New York City. Released from HSS on Jan. 2, 2017...and walked (with cane) 75 stairs up to my NYC area apartment on Mon. night Jan. 2...then had to walk to Rite Aid an back up again (since supposed 19-year old caregiver never showed up after trashing my apartment on New Year's Eve while I was in hospital...) But never needed the caregiver--so that's a blessing. Also, used the walk at HSS..but never used the walker once I got home. Gave up cane after about a week. Had to repark my car less than 5 days after surgery (stick shift Subaru to avoid big parking ticket). Went to big party less than 1 week after surgery. Am trying hard not to cross legs in lawyer job...but it feels good to do so.

      It's like a miracle for me. I was extremely crippled 2 months prior to surgery. Could put NO weight on right hip. Could not take even one step without leaning on cane. Also, in last couple months, developed associated back and neck pain...and fatigue.

      Post surgery: Back & neck pain GONE. Fatigue gone. It really does seem like a MIRACLE.

      I am 61. Height 5'4". Weight 104. Former gymnast, diver, cheerleader, dancer, Manhattan runner/walker..and downhill SKIIER. Am giving up running forever...but determined to ski again. The left knee is next joint to be replaced...

      Mom and brother both had bilateral hip replacements. Mom in her 70s. Brother in early 40s. Not sure what I did wrong...just so GRATEFUL I can WALK!!! I am in constant state of EUPHORIA right now!! AMAZING GRACE./

    • Airplane Charlie profile image

      Airplane Charlie 5 months ago

      Tom, are you still in blood thinner? I think its a little early fir you to have pulled scar tissue. Do you have a fever? I think you need to see your Dr tomorrow. I have had 6 hip surgeries in 17 months!

    • profile image

      Tom 5 months ago

      I am a 64 year old male, just 3 days out following anterior approach total left hip replacement. Muscle tightness, and soreness as expected. Light physical therapy is going well. Walking with a cane, and icing after PT sessions. Today I felt an uncomfortable and isolated pulling/tearing sensation in the upper front thigh area, below the incision, as I reached for something on a shelf. That area continued to tingle, and after several hours, has developed into an uncomfortable, localized and persistent hot burning sensation which has persisted for several hours. Icing and elevating helps, but I wonder if I have done some damage to the thigh muscle, or a nerve, or if there may be some other issue involved. The burning is quite hot, intense, and uncomfortable, but has not spread beyond the initial 3 - 4 inch area. Has anyone experienced something similar, and if so, what might be causing this pain, and how might I resolve this? Thanks, Tom

    • profile image

      Nontandoyenkosi 5 months ago

      I was done left total hip replacement 11 months ago.I would like to know whetheris it safe to use vibrating machine to exercise ?

    • profile image

      Shantania Triplett 5 months ago

      Hello i had broke my hip in sept 2016 I fell in a very unusual position while playing with my daughter I'm 35 years old and I am on the heavy side unlike many people who go threw this my insurance didnt cover my physical therapy and being that I was out of work I couldn't afford to pay for it anything I learned I learned off of you tube and after 4 months I'm still using a walker I'm a single mother of 3 and simple everyday task are still hard for me so is their any one out here could offer any advice on my situation I would greatly appreciate it

    • profile image

      Ms.D 5 months ago

      I have to have a total hip replacement on the left but my doctor told me to loose 50lbs I find it very hard to do. Plus my legs ache all over when I try to sleep but can't it's also the foot and ankle do the legs ache because I need surgery

    • profile image

      Papillons 2 5 months ago

      Katherine and AG - I had my op March 5 last year and I am also having a lot of pain while using the leg. It was getting a lot better because I was having physical therapy every week but then it reached a plateau and wouldn't go beyond using a cane. They said it may need time to heal fully. So I took a couple of months off. Now it aches more than ever. I'm wondering if it may be the cold weather we are having or just not enough exercise.

    • profile image

      AG 5 months ago

      Had operation May 24, 2016. Have same issue with pain above knee and still limping a bit when tired.

      Right hip replacement was done at 59 year old. It was time I could not walk, sit or sleep with the bone on bone pain.

      This is getting better but not the same as God's original design...p

    • profile image

      Katherine L 5 months ago

      I had a total hip replacement on May 4th 2016, I wish I never had it done. I get this terrible pain just above my knee like 20 bull ants are biting me, the area at the back of the prosthetic hip feels like a jack hammer has hit me, I have so much pain and tenderness down the outside of my leg and bending down is mission. I can touch a part at the back of the prosthesis and it feels like Im pushing s needle into it. The prosthesis sticks out on the side of my hip and is obvious, there is still some swelling at the side of the surgery. I totally believed that once I healed I'd be like a new person as I had been told so many times before the surgery, my Dr told me to be patient and that it was very big operation and can take up to a year to completely heal. I can't see it getting any better myself. Has anyone had a similar outcome. Appreciate any feed back..

    • profile image

      Diane 5 months ago

      Has anyone had Hip Replacement from (mine a roller skating fall?

    • profile image

      Lois Gerard 5 months ago

      I wasborn with congenital disclocated hip in 1952 and it was discovered 6 months after so the first 3 years of my life were in and out of casts and learning to walk. hip was ok and I had a fairly normal childhood and was active but couldnt cross my leg or sit indian style. at age 14 hip started to have a sand in joint feeling and began to get more painful so I couldnt do the active things like skating etc because of pain. so called doctors told me at age 16 there was nothing they could do and my future was in a wheelchair. I suffered till age 26 when I had an Iodiostomy which gave me back the lost inch and a half of my leg. It worked out for a while. I had 2 children, gained and lost a lot of weight and the shortening progressed again while I suffered pain in walking. at age 46 I had my first total hip replacement which popped out twice while in rehab and had to undergo 2 more surgeries to correct the angle of hip cup. It eventually healed and was very good for 15 years and to my delight gave me back the 2 inches I lost in the deteriation of the hip. I had the ugly lifts removed off my shoes and was basically pain free. after 15 years I had pain and with xrays found the cup was loose so I went for a revision which was ok until I started physio and had excrutiating pain which took about a year to improve. now 5 years later after the other hip and both knee replacements Im in pain again and it was discovered a screw is loose and I have radiating pain down into the same knee which was just replaced last year. now I need to go for ANOTHER operation. i'm suffering in pain and pray that the next surgery willhave a good outcome. Acording to your article the pain to the knee means a possible loosening of the stem too as it is about 20 years old.

    • profile image

      Shirley 5 months ago

      I had trh in 2009 the last two yrs been lot pain bone . Deterioratingaround the top and i am in a lot of pain. Swellings sharp

    • profile image

      Boni 5 months ago

      I am 58 and had a THR Last July. Its been 5 1/2 months and I was doing great until I went to the theatre to see a movie and had to climb stairs to the top of the theatre. I used full weight on operated leg and now I'm having muscle spasms. I guess I have not built up the muscles for climbing stairs. It is very painful and no understands except other patients. It is so hard to get pain meds but I'm in pain even after taking Aleve and gapapentin. Hopefully the doctor will call something in but I don't want to go to the ER for this.

    • Airplane Charlie profile image

      Airplane Charlie 6 months ago

      Has anyone else been involved with the Stryker MDL for failed metal on metal implants? I had 4 revision surgeries for failed metal on metal Stryker hardware and they denied my claim Sept 28, 2015. My case has been in the appeal process ever since with no word from them? 15 months reviewing my appeal while I starve to death?? Really??

    • profile image

      Airplane Charlie 6 months ago

      I had hip resurfacing done on each hip at 46 years old in May and June 2010, Stryker metal on metal. 10 weeks after the first surgery on the right hip I had a femoral neck fracture at the ball. THR on right hip, metal on metal, July 2010. Left hip had a cam impingement so THR on left hip metal on metal November 2010. Continued to have hip pain. MRI and Chromium and Cobalt test indicated I had fluid buildup around acetabular caps and high heavy metals in my blood. September 2011 3rd surgery on right hip with porcelain ball, new metal acetabular cup with a plastic bushing. November 2011 3rd . surgery on left hip with porcelain ball new metal acetabular cup with plastic bushing. December 2016 having serious pain in left hip. the femoral neck stem is recalled in that hip. I have a call into my ortho surgeon, but it is Xmas. I am afraid this left hip is about to fail and I will be facing a 4th surgery on the left hip and they will have to take the femoral neck stem out and change it. I am now 52 and I just dont know If I can stand another hip revision on the left hip, and the right hip hurts all the time now too. Anyone having the complications I am having? 6 hip surgeries in 17 months was kinda tough on me 5-6 years ago!

    • profile image

      Delia 6 months ago

      I am a 74 year old woman, 15 months post posterior THR and still limp. I require a cane for walking. I have had physio therapy, acupuncture, ultrasound and am dedicated to my daily exercises. I'm losing hope that I'll ever get a normal gait without a cane. I had to wait an inordinate length of time for surgery - 363 days from consult to surgery, but did all pre-surgery exercises. Would love some feedback.

    • ZenZen profile image

      ZenZen 6 months ago

      Hi Hippies,

      Vivbin, Sorry to hear about your husband. If you are feeling those "niggles", maybe you can put off round 2 by keeping yourself toned. I didn't have time to recover after my second THR to tone and strengthen, so now I'm paying for it during my recovery from the revision. It's taking forever it seems...( 14 months since surgery). At my 1 yr. check-up the physiotherapist told me that some people never regain strength after revision surgery; I'll prove that statement wrong. Walking the dog, cycling and bi-tri weekly adventures on an elliptical trainer are the best I can do at present. I finally dropped using the cane about a month ago because it stopped helping gait improvement. Walking is now helping the gait. In all this, I've discovered that I really have to listen to my body, no one has been able to effectively guide me through the healing process. It's a lonesome road.. ;). So, if you think another surgery is inevitable, do you best to get as strong as you possibly can now. Best wishes.

    • profile image

      vivbin uk 6 months ago

      Greetings fellow hipsters,

      Like Zen Zen, I had a THR in 2012, and it too took 18 months or so to forget I had the op.

      I have been suffering with lower back ache for the past two years and slight niggles recently in my other hip. Do hope it is not the start of another op. Any suggestions? The medics here do not seem to suggest physio. Don't really have time for a hip op. ( husband unwell).

    • profile image

      Robbiedooo 6 months ago

      To Allison - why not try pt on your good hip now. Maybe it will prevent hip from getting worse or delay another thr. I did one pt session before my thr and it was so painful it made me decide to proceed with surgery. Unfortunately I have been battling severe lower back pain since May. Thr was in Feb.. it is interesting to see so many different results after thr on this page. Good luck To you.

    • profile image

      Cardiosmart 6 months ago

      ZenZen,

      Thanks for your input!

      I see from your posts that you have been on quite a journey.

      I wish you well!

    • ZenZen profile image

      ZenZen 6 months ago

      Hi Hippies,

      Cardiosmart, I had a right THR in 2012, after about a year and a half it began to feel normal. Now, after almost 5 years I can say that it feels perfect.

    • profile image

      Cardiosmart 7 months ago

      I had TLHR 3 1/2 months ago at 68 years old. The surgery went well and the recovery was quick because I have stayed in shape for many years and maintained good weight.

      I am functioning completely normal, HOWEVER, I have a question I'm hoping someone with knowledge can answer.

      At this juncture, it still "feels" like a replacement hip.

      Will it ever feel completely normal?

    • profile image

      Londonmiffy 7 months ago

      Hi. I had a left THR 8 months ago after 2 hip arthroscopies over a 6 year period failed to correct a torn labrum, but also resulted in serious arthritis in the hip joint. I also have hypermobility, although not severe, and a deep seated hip joint. I had the surgery privately, and went through the normal recovery process, physio almost immediately after, although I did stop going after 10 weeks and progressed into my own recovery exercises at home, aqua jogging, longer walks, Pilates moves etc and squats at home (as well as looking after a year old baby). I had a fairly painful first 6 weeks which I expected, and gradually up to 10 weeks I slowly came off all main meds. I then had a wonderful 3 months of pain free, loving normal life as it used to be when I had no hip pain 6 years ago. Now, in last 2.5 months I started to get pain again, more anterior, and the wound area is quite swollen and sore. Also I have that collapsed look around the hip joint where it looks as if muscle has shifted and depleted around that area. I saw my consultant again 5 weeks ago who told me to not exercise for 4 weeks and anti inflammatories for 5 days to settle it, and just go about normal day to day activities. This seem to work initially, and calmed down a lot, but as soon as I do anything more strenuous than walking up stairs, and have a slightly more active day running around after my toddler and shopping, chores etc, it becomes painful again. This is without additional exercise which I miss terribly. My consultant says it maybe damaged soft tissue, but the hip joint looks fine and stable after an X-ray. It's so frustrating however to have almost been lured in a false pretences of thinking I was cured after years of pain meds and reduced active lifestyle, only now to be back in pain again, almost similar to what I was pre surgery. If anyone has a similar scenario or any advice, I'm open to it. Thanks.

    • profile image

      Allison 7 months ago

      To Dana - I did have PT right after my first THR. I recovered wonderfully from that one. Now it's the other hip that giving me problems. PT was suggested before my last surgery also, but that never happened, mostly my fault. So now I'm wondering when I should start PT for my good hip. Hope that makes sense.

    • profile image

      Dana 7 months ago

      This response is for Allison - you should have started pt the same week you got out of the hospital. It is the most critical part of your recovery.

    • profile image

      Stacy 7 months ago

      Hey everyone,

      I had my THR 5 weeks ago after being told what I thought was a pulled muscle was in fact a need for a whole new hip, no conservative measures would help. I waited 3 years and am 42. I lost a lot of blood in surgery and was very dizzy/sick in the hospital but did fairly well once I was home. I stayed on top of the pain but think I did too much too fast. I was never able to lift my leg without grabbing my pants and lifting, but in week 4, I was no longer able to lift it to get into my Jeep (it was the left hip, so could drive once off meds) I was in the worst pain in my life. Saw the surgeon that day and he said he had to dig out the cyst from my hip flexor muscle. It helped explain that mine was different than a worm out hip, but man does this muscle hurt! I still can't lift it from sitting and the PT said the muscle is angry and will take lots of time to rest. It has been hard but at least now I know to take it slower and be easier on my expectations. I just hope the muscle use comes back! Good luck to you all.

    • profile image

      Jo 7 months ago

      Hi - I am almost three months post left hip anterior replacement. I had a wonderful surgeon and anaesthetist. I am 60 years old and not overweight, and have always walked and tried to stay reasonably fit. I can honestly say that I had no real pain issues - but of course had good pain relief for a few weeks after the op. Keep on with your gentle exercises, be patient. I think I have recovered very well and can't believe how well I am going - as good as back to normal. I still need to be careful bending over to put socks, shoes on - bit stiff still, but other than that, all good. Still having pool therapy, that helps. Hopefully my new hip keeps on behaving. Good luck - take it easy.

    • profile image

      Kimberlee 7 months ago

      Cari, I just had a total hip replacement anterior approach on my right side 8 days ago as well. I a 54 year old female, not overweight and very active. First four days were a piece of cake, I was so happy, no pain, but very swollen. Well once the swelling went down, day 5, I am in so much pain, I guess the honeymoon is over. My pain is in my IT band, which runs from the thigh to the outside of the knee. Every time I try to apply pressure I almost go through the roof with pain. I have a PT and do my exercises faithfully. I know it's only been eight days, however I did not have this pain prior and I am wondering why I have it now.

    • profile image

      Cari 7 months ago

      I just had bilateral hip replacement at the age of 40. I am on week 5. I am just curious how long it takes to really start to feel good? I am pretty exhausted and sore still. I do my PT exercises 4 x a day and it does help with stiffness and I try to walk as much as possibly. I have always been an on-the-go gal so having to be so restricted and sore and not able to do most things is very frustrating

      Any help with this? How long until I feel happy that I had this surgery?

    • profile image

      susie 8 months ago

      working up to right hip surgery. Have had to fight for it. five yrs ago I went to specialist with leg pain. they all said my back was out. 3 surg later still have leg pain. chiropractor looked at xray and said nothing in hip joint. I am 71 yrs old and 250 lb and no one would even look at me. I was told that they did not want to do surgery since there was so many problems with over weight people and they did not want to ruin their record of no 2nd surg. Chiropractor has been doing dry needling on my muscles and that has been a great help. I can now get out of a chair without using cane or walker. I finally found a surgeon that will look at me for consulation and have a surgery date. I believe from comments made that the dry needling treatments that will help my muscle recovery. Keep on fighting. It has been 5 years and 3 back surg and 6 shots. I just want to get out of the house and able to sleep more than an hour at a time.

    • profile image

      Allison 8 months ago

      Well, I had left THR in Feb. 2013, at age 29. I had bilateral hip dysplaysia that wasn't caught until I was nine, and had major surgery on both hips at that time. I was in a spica cast at that point. Not sure if that's why I started having other hip problems so early or not. Anyway, that replacement in 2013 went perfectly. No problems with that hip except the occasional twinge of pain.

      Now my right hip is starting to hurt. Nothing major, and just on occasion, but enough to get my attention, especially with all the others hip problems I've had. If I had to guess, I'd equate it to the problems I was having about 3 years prior to my THR... I have some documentation on that, but can't access it right now, so I'm not sure how I described my pain then. Anyway, I feel it's a "wait an see" game right now. Don't Sorry if this shows up twice. I'm not sure it went through the first time, because it's still sitting here in the text box... want to go to my orthopedist "too soon" and have him think I'm a wimp (lol Mostly kidding. Wimp isn't the right word, but I can't think of the right one) but don't want to wait too long either.... If he can prescribe PT that would help me out, I'd be all for that. He suggested/mentioned it last time, but never actually wrote a prescription for it, and I never followed up on it either. I should have. Any advice as to when to go in??

    • profile image

      Allison 8 months ago

      Well, I had left THR in Feb. 2013, at age 29. I had bilateral hip dysplaysia that wasn't caught until I was nine, and had major surgery on both hips at that time. I was in a spica cast at that point. Not sure if that's why I started having other hip problems so early or not. Anyway, that replacement in 2013 went perfectly. No problems with that hip except the occasional twinge of pain.

      Now my right hip is starting to hurt. Nothing major, and just on occasion, but enough to get my attention, especially with all the others hip problems I've had. If I had to guess, I'd equate it to the problems I was having about 3 years prior to my THR... I have some documentation on that, but can't access it right now, so I'm not sure how I described my pain then. Anyway, I feel it's a "wait an see" game right now. Don't want to go to my orthopedist "too soon" and have him think I'm a wimp (lol Mostly kidding. Wimp isn't the right word, but I can't think of the right one) but don't want to wait too long either.... If he can prescribe PT that would help me out, I'd be all for that. He suggested/mentioned it last time, but never actually wrote a prescription for it, and I never followed up on it either. I should have. Any advice as to when to go in??

    • profile image

      Amanda Cole Bursk 9 months ago

      Wow, thanks to Dr Henry Bude for helping me get a full good looking shape. I was so flat shaped before I got in contact with Dr Henry Bude. I had a very little breast and a flat butt, I tried all I could to have a nice shape and large breast but it seemed all my labors was in vain until I got in contact with Dr Henry Budes emails: dr.henrybude@gmail.com and contacted him for help. I talked with him for some days and he gave me details of his products which I really ordered. I got the products some few days later and used it as instructed, to my greatest surprise I got a very good result just within few days of using the product. Now it’s just 7 weeks of using Dr Henry Bude enlargement products, I have already gotten a very huge butt and a very nice and firm breast too. Thanks to Dr Henry Bude for helping me. You can also get to Dr Henry Bude through his email on dr.henrybude@gmail.com .

    • ZenZen profile image

      ZenZen 9 months ago

      Hello fellow hippies. Nick, please don't go mad yet. At 6 mos. there are still far too many variables. I had both hips replaced and a revision surgery within a three- four year period, so I think I have a reasonably good perspective on the recovery process. It sounds like you must have been in very severe pain in both hips prior to your THR. This in itself leads me to believe that you will experience a longer, stranger recovery time. You probably had to have your surgery with all your muscles in a weakened and or stressed state. I was strong going into my first surgery and was able to get on my bike after about 11 weeks; it could have been earlier had it not been winter. I managed to stay strongish and after my second THR I was riding the bike at around 9 weeks. Before I could regain healthful strength my second THR started dislocating. It popped out 4 times within a year, each time I had to go back to the 6wk. restrictions. So, when I finally had the revision surgery 2 1/4 years after the THR on that hip, my muscles were WEAK everywhere. I wasn't able to ride my bike until around 24 weeks post-op. Because I entered into this surgery in such an unfit physical state I am experiencing an excruciatingly slow recovery. There are some very challenging pains and swellings that arise in all sorts of different areas even now as I approach the 1 yr. anniversary. At around 6 mos. my surgeon encouraged to to start on an elliptical trainer. I am now doing that in addition to my cycling and walking. Very slowly I feel myself strengthening. It is frustrating to say the least, but since I know how my recovery progressed from relative fit form, I'm not panicked about the snails pace of this one. The most important thing for me is to listen to my body very, very closely and adapt and change up my activities and exercise routines so that I strengthen everywhere. I can get impatient and overly enthusiastic very easily and over-do it, then I suffer for days and nights afterward. Spasms, twangs, swells, etc. LOL Considering that the doc.s aren't finding anything wrong with your hip, perhaps you are experiencing a recovery similar to mine. I hope this helps. Oh, I'm 52, I was your age when all this started for me. My prosthetic hips are titanium and plastic spiced up with a few screws in the L hip. I don't know, are there different guidelines for ceramic joints?

    • profile image

      nick g 9 months ago

      Hi, I am 49years old, and have had ostio in my hips for over 3 years. Left is worse. Had THR of left on 18th April 2016. Ceramic implant. After about 8 weeks as movement increased, could feel movement in hip joint when bending over[never over 90 degrees]. Told doc. Now at 6 months it hurts like hell,is swollen and i feel more movement. have had x-ray and CAT scan, nothing? I am going mad. Dont know what to do. I miss living my life and playing with my kids. Was riding my bike a couple of kms per day, now its to0 painfull and im scared of doing more damage. Second opinions from Docs have told me Im expecting too much so early, but i was told I would be back at work by now but Im i hell. What should i do. People say get a lawyer, ok, but he wont fix my hip.

    • profile image

      EDITH CARIOU 9 months ago

      Hi !

      I am a 66 female retired medical doctor living in Paris, France, and had my first total hip replacement on May the 18 th after having problems with my left hip (osteoarthritis). I had a great 6 weeks with my new ceramic hip and was able to do so much more than I was ever able to pre-op. However, on August 30, my replacement hip dislocated while I was simply in the kitchen placing dishes in a closet. I was taken to the hospital in such a pain by 8 firefighters who took me downstairs (4 floors) in a shell, where my hip was manipulated into place under a general anesthetic. Since that day I rest , walk very carefully with one crutch with great fear it dislocates again. My 3 months recovery will need to be very cautious and I bet I'll take back the 6 kilos I lost! I had anterior surgical approach and precautions are the opposite of the posterior approach. I am afraid of having been educated as a post approach!. Be very careful when watching Youtube: it depends on YOUR surgery. Ask your surgeon. Besides, in total hip replacement, correct orientation of the acetabular cup is essential for the stability of the prothesis. Malposition predisposes to dislocation. You always must climb stairs with the non-operated leg first.

    • profile image

      Robbiedooo 9 months ago

      Mer1 - 3 weeks is too soon to be concerned. Exercises are the single most important along with hip precautions. I was on a walker for at least 2-3 weeks the a cane for a week or 2. Physical therapy at home 3-4 times aweek then outside phys. Therapy for 2 months. I think my current issues relate to physical therapy exercise that added one day and did not have me do again because it created back pain and pool therapy i did 20 minutes without a noodle to hold me up and the therapists walked right up to me and did not point out. Opiates make you wonky and forgetful. The tightness will go away with moderate stretching exercises done during physical therapy.

    • profile image

      Mer1 9 months ago

      My hubby is 3 weeks post op from TLHR. He feels that he should be further along than he is. He is 72 & prior to surgery very active..went to gym regularly, weight not an issue. Right now he is off pain medication except for occasional Extra strength Tylenol. Walks with a cane, has been doing all prescribed exercises, but his hip feels really tight. He only is short distances, and has no problem with stairs. His replacement was because of osteoarthritis .

    • profile image

      Rosehip19 9 months ago

      Robbie - you are not alone. Today it is exactly five years since I had my hip replacement and guess what? I am still in pain. In the interim I have tried physio, Pilates, acupuncture, a private surgeon who recommended two lots of ultrasound guided steroid injections, and a personal trainer. I have a tens machine, heat pads, various creams and gels. Various supplements and dietary 'cures''. I can no longer walk the distances in the countryside that I so loved. I have difficulty getting out of the bath. I can't get up and down off the floor to play with my new grandson. The two flights of stairs in my house are presenting problems. As for sex - don't make me laugh! All the above has cost me dear, in emotional as well as financial ways. Advice, anyone?

    • profile image

      Robbiedooo 9 months ago

      I have read through a lot of your comments and amazed that so many of you have had successful thr. Mine has been a nightmare. If you have pain but can still walk without assistance, just get a shot and don't do it until you have no option.

      I am 56 yrs old snd had thr on right hip on 2/15/16. During surgery they found my hip socket was also diseased so had to do different placement so as not to dislocate out the back. 2 weeks later I was back in hospital for revision, it dislocated out the front. Had severe nerve pain in left leg. My hip Doctor said nerve pain is caused by my back and he couldn't help me with that. I have since found out it is so common it occurs in almost every patient. My physical therapy went well even with nerve pain and 2 weeks before the end of therapy I had severe lower back pain after a session. Everyone is in denial since they don't want to be sued. All I want is to get rid of pain. Finally after 6 weeks my hip doctor referred me to back doctor and found after mri that my lower back was inflammed. Good news. 8 weeks and lots of meds later, my lower back hurts so bad it is affecting every area of my life. Did I mention that I have always been healthy and athletic up until the pain started in my knee and it band. Only yeaars later did I discover that pain was caused by my hip. Bone on bone. i thought I would be perfect candidate for this surgery. The pain is so bad and can't even walk around the block let alone do the basic exercises I need to get stronger. All of the phys. Therapy is like it never happened. My next step is shots in my back to reduce the inflammation. The back doctor will not even admit the inflammation has anything to do with hip recovery. I think my choice of doctors sucked. So 7 months later my life is awful and still in pain. Hip is good though. Its the related effects that will put you down.

    • ZenZen profile image

      ZenZen 9 months ago

      Hi Hippies. Carrie, I've had both hips replaced and revision surgery on one over the past few years. Before you are discharged from hospital you will probably work with occupational and physiotherapists to ensure you'll be able to navigate your environment. That's my experience. Express these concerns in your pre-op appointments they'll fill you in on their system. Also, prior to my surgeries I had a minor length discrepancy with my legs; now they are the same length. Stock-pile your patience recovery can be trying when you do the surgeries so close together. Try to get and keep yourself as fit as possible. I had a text book smooth recovery with my first, but then had a hard time getting strong after my second because the hip kept dislocating. Now I'm almost a year post on the revision and still struggling with strength, gait and flexibility and pain associated with rebuilding. The pain is nothing like the pre-surgery pain I had, (I had osteo-arthritis), but it is tiresome. I'm pretty sure that I'll be in fine form by spring. Best wishes for your surgery and recovery.

    • profile image

      Carrrie 9 months ago

      Hi everyone. I am 43 and have to have both my hips replaced. The left leg is being done first in 4 months. Then the right one hopefully 6 months after. My concern is my house is full of stairs. I have watched videos on how to do the stairs after surgery. The problem is because my left leg has shrunk considerably I go up with my left and down with my right. This is opposite of what all the videos show. I can't lift me right leg enough to go up on it. I can't bend my right leg enough to go down with the left leg first. Is there anyway to do the stairs other than up with the good one down with the bad?

      Thank-you

      Carrie

    • profile image

      Kate 9 months ago

      Hi. I am 3 weeks post hip. Left superior, had anaesthetic complications. I was hoping to be further along in movement by now. But long trips in car seem to knock me around. With funny feelings in foot and coldnessIn leg. I have burning in my groin that bothers me. But apart from that I still feel better than I did before. I get around with no aids at home but when I go out I still use either one or both sticks. More for fear of someone knocking me. I am only walking about 500 - 800 mtrs but do regular excises that I have been given.

      I'm sure I will continue to improve I just need patiences

    • profile image

      Lynne Baker 9 months ago

      I had my right hip replaced 10 weeks ago, at the age of 61. Initially the healing went well, but now I'm having continuous pain when I walk. It feels more like nerve pain than muscle pain, but it's hard to tell. For a while, it was just from time to time, but now walking is just painful all the time.I'm supposed to go back to work in one week, and I'm quite worried that I won't be able to function, as I'm a teacher, and on my feet all day. Any ideas would be appreciated.

    • profile image

      jellym52 9 months ago

      Mackenzie,

      It is totally normal. I had a hip replacement 8 months ago with a great doctor too. I am 52. Left hip The muscles on the outside of the hip are so short and so tight the doctor said it will take at least a year to lengthen. I had hip dysplasia as a child (no hip sockets) and the left hip was never flexible) so I imagine those muscles are doing things they never did before. It IS very frustrating dealing with it and when I stretch them and work out it can be painful and I am not patient at all. So I empathize with you finance!

      The doctor said I have to give it time! So I'm sure your fiancé has to do the same. Especially if it is a good doctor. The hip needs time to adjust and those muscles are not used to their new position.

      Hope this helps!

    • profile image

      Mckenzie 9 months ago

      Hello hipsters:) I'm writing this because My fiancé had a hip replacement 8months ago we had a top notch doctor and he is not feeling pain like before but it has been 8 months and he is an electrician and is unable to work. He easily tires after a few hours is sore in his lower back due to tight quads, always sore and tired. Worried he will not be able to continue his career he is over weight at the time not obese but heavier, he is 39 years old . I'm sad and worried watching his struggle has anyone had anything similar or suggestions . Please email me at rscgclothing@gmail.com thank u

    • profile image

      Doreen 10 months ago

      For Jen: I had my hip replaced (anterior approach) 6 days ago. I have the exact same pain. In the buttock and radiates down the leg, into the groin, and in the cheek area. I had my other hip done in June and, if I remember correctly, this is normal and it means it's healing. Keep up with those pain meds - it gets so much better in a short period of time. Best of luck!

    • profile image

      get 10 months ago

      I am 78 years of age, and had a hip replacement 33 days ago. I am 5' 8" tall, and weigh 156 lbs (a man). My health is probably better than most my age. Within 2 weeks of surgery, I was able to take a few steps without a cane or walker. At 3 weeks, I could get by without them altogether. Today I am walking a mile a day, and I'm sure I could do more, but I don't want to overdo it. There are times when I have a little pain from muscles, but I do not require pain medication.

      If you are considering a hip replacement, I would highly recommend it if you are a candidate. Just follow the instructions of your doctor and physical therapist. No need to suffer with a bad hip. The hip pain will be instantly gone after surgery. There will be some pain from the surgery itself, but mine was very bearable. Not much pain medication was taken at all. Don't suffer needlessly.

    • profile image

      noodsmarie 10 months ago

      Hi I'm 38 I had my RTHR done when i was 30 ... Then i was told I needed my left side done soon as well.. My right side went well it was done Anterior.. Never had a problem.. Now I had my LTHR done when i wad 36 and it was done posterior.. Recovery was ruff to the point I was scared... Then I got my grove back.. Went back to work and then pain from hell all over again like I never had surgery.. I have weakness in my left hip and I can't sleep on my left side my skin I sensitive to touch and I even get stuck when I walk I can't sit too long or stand to long.. I will have to slowly move my hip from the locked position it got in from doing whatever too long.. I even get jolted out of bed in the night from the excruciating pain I get... Has anyone else felt any of this.. I need some insight doctors make you feel like your crazy...

      Anyone???

      -noodles

    • profile image

      gaylee 10 months ago

      I had my right hip done. I was in a car stopped at a red light .. the car behind me was stopped as well, the third car must have been on a phone but went right thru us. My knee his the dashboard ... I didn't know then but after 1/12 years of PT and every doctor from neurologist to pain management was done. When you are in a car accident everything is slowed down they don't want the expense. When an X ray was done it was bone on bone. The ACL move the tibia into the femur. I have the surgery went well... did exercise for months.. Even went back to the gym.. Now the left side is hurting... many people have one leg longer than the older especially with the surgery. So now I need the other done. I am just hope my balance will be ok since there won't be a normal hip...

    • profile image

      Jen 10 months ago

      Hi everyone. I am1.5 weeks out from an anterior approach total hip replacement. I've been having a lot of sharp and burning nerve pain inbmy buttock that is mostly center all but radiates down around the groin. Did anyone else have this sort of pain? If so, how long does it last?

    • profile image

      Karoll 10 months ago

      Had total right hip replacement 5/17/16. I'm three months out and doing great. Walk, bike drive. No pain.

    • profile image

      Revision21 10 months ago

      Hi all, had my hip replaced when I was 25 yrs old. That was back in 1995. My surgeon at the time did an extraordinary job and in 6 months I was back to my normal vibrant self. Even gave birth to my son exactly a year later 1996. Fast forward 21 yrs and I began to notice extreme pain and popping in my hip after long walks, which was new to me so I knew something was wrong. Went to see the ortho surgeon and low and behold the hip was failing. The fragments from the lining and metal were breaking off into my body and destroying my bone. I had the get hip revision surgery asap. Today I am 10 day post op of my hip revision surgery. My ortho surgeon replaced the lining of the socket, and also did some bone graphs to help heal my weakened bones around the prostheses that was damaged from the fragments of the old hip. As I stated, my first hip lasted 21 years, pain free. I was able to live my life and be as active as possible. Something that was virtually impossible prior to that. It was the best decision I could have made. The revision is 10 days in, I am experiencing extreme tightness in my groin area which I can feel down to my knee. I am hoping this will subside. Has any one experienced this?

    • profile image

      Round2 10 months ago

      Hi all, had my hip replaced when I was 25 yrs old. That was back in 1995. My surgeon at the time did an extraordinary job and in 6 months I was back to my normal vibrant self. Even gave birth to my son exactly a year later 1996. Fast forward 21 yrs and I began to notice extreme pain and popping in my hip after long walks, which was new to me so I knew something was wrong. Went to see the ortho surgeon and low and behold the hip was failing. The fragments from the lining and metal were breaking off into my body and destroying my bone. I had the get hip revision surgery asap. Today I am 10 day post op of my hip revision surgery. My ortho surgeon replaced the lining of the socket, and also did some bone graphs to help heal my weakened bones around the prostheses that was damaged from the fragments of the old hip. As I stated, my first hip lasted 21 years, pain free. I was able to live my life and be as active as possible. Something that was virtually impossible prior to that. It was the best decision I could have made. The revision is 10 days in, I am experiencing extreme tightness in my groin area which I can feel down to my knee. I am hoping this will subside. Has any one experienced this?

    • profile image

      Elli 10 months ago

      I had my L-THR 3 1/2 years ago when I was 36 and it was one of the best decisions I've ever made in my life. I was 10 when I was first told I'd need a THR. It never stopped me from doing anything, I did everything I wanted. Well until I put myself in a wheelchair. That's when it was time for a new hip. I was very fortunate to have an EXCELLENT surgeon who did not believe in pain. She prescribed some really strong pain meds the night before surgery and I never felt pain again. She didn't use staples, she used glue. Which is great because the scar is not bad. I still can't believe I've had no pain after being in pain for so many years. The only fear I have now is of getting an infection. I try to keep myself as healthy as possible, more than the average person.

    • profile image

      MMS 11 months ago

      I've had a tlhp around 3 months ago. I was recovering well at first but then a month after my surgery i've experienced weird spasms in my joint and back as well as unbearable pain.. Had to stop any exercises until the pain is gone.. Currently these spasms are gone, and Now i started doing some swimming, but no physical therapy whatsoever. However my legs feel so extremely weak! Both legs...and Im still using my cane hard to balance without it. Knowing that im 24 years old, i need to know if this is normal or not. I've been waiting for this surgery my whole life don't wna screw it up :(

    • profile image

      Roberta67 11 months ago

      I had a LTHR in October and was back to work in 2 weeks. I had the RTHR in November and was back to work in 3 weeks. I am 8 months out and back to T-25 work outs (with modifications). I feel blessed to have gone through this surgery and go back to a normal life. I had no pain at all and never took anything stronger than aspirin. Before the operations I couldn't walk any distance without horrible pain. (I am 58). I did follow a Paleo diet for 8 weeks before the first surgery. I also started biking long distances to strengthen my quads. I did exercise with the ellipitcal, even though it hurt I wanted to get stronger. This was an amazing experience. I have heard many stories about others that didn't fare as well. I know I am lucky, I had a fantastic doctor and followed all instructions to a T. I did a lot of walking while rehabbing and followed the instructions given to me for my exercises. The pain was gone immediately when I woke. I was extremely nervous about the surgery, especially after reading some of the issues others have had. Not everyone will have issues. I will update as time goes on. Good luck to anyone who needs to have the surgery. You will have your life back for the most part and be pain free.

    • profile image

      Sue 12 months ago

      Hello, I am 9 months post total right hip replacement. At approximately 3 months post op I noticed an indent on the right hip located 1-2 inches above the scar extending at least 8 inches from the side of my hip to mid-buttocks. Prior to this surgery, I had surgery to release a iliopsoas tendon impingement, but my tendon was severed instead of the procedure of lengthening it by making slits in the tendon and I know my severed tendon has caused, if not, complicated a condition of Sacroiliac instability as well as arthritis in both SI joints and my pubis symphysis. I need to have my pelvis, SI joints and low back gently manipulated every 3-4 weeks to keep everything in alignment (I've been hospitalized twice for 10-14 days each time for sacral torsion - also since my tendon was severed). 10 months post THA and I still walk with a walking stick & still in physical therapy 2-3 times a week. Now that I explained my medical issues....... My concern and question is this: If this indent on my hip is due to muscle detachment, how long does it take for a muscle to atrophy? Should I ask for a scope to determine what is causing this? If, atrophy has happened on my muscle, won't this cause my pelvis, hip and back to be even more unstable?

    • profile image

      val 16 months ago

      I had my hip resurfaced in sept 2007 which was ok until 2014 when I had problems including infection. in June 2015 I had hip revision surgery and was told it would be temporary for 18 months or so. It never held and caused problems. so in November 2015 I had the revision re done this time they only replaced the cup, however during the op my hip was fractured by a screw and I suffered excruciating pain for weeks. now 13 weeks on I am still on crutches, I am having hydrotherapy and I am suffering with pain in my lower buttock and side of leg . but cannot walk without aids. I am at my wits end now and have not been able to work since last june. I Just cannot get answers.

    • profile image

      Allison 16 months ago

      Today marks three years since my left THR, at age 29. So glad I made the decision I did when I did! A little over three years ago, in Dec. 2012 shortly before my surgery, I participated in a large Christian conference that is hel every three years. It took place at a large convention center, and involved a lot of walking. I was in pain, limping, resorted to used a cane for parts of it, and missed some of the "break out" sessions because by the time I got there, they were full.

      Three years later, December 2015, and it was time for the conference again. This time I had the absolute pleasure of volunteering. I was able to fully participate, keep up, and complete all of my volunteer duties with no problems and NO pain! The surgery date is actually something I celebrate each year, because it reminds me of all God has brought me through in my life.

      So glad to see this page is active again!

    • profile image

      shinjo2018 17 months ago

      I was 28 when i had my left hip replaced that was in 1998 recovery hurt like hell but best decision ive ever made. I recently had my right hip replaced due to arthritis and i am amazed at the recovery this time as opposed to last hip i had done less pain and will be on my feet in 4 or 5 monts less time than my last hip replacement. I have 19 yrs on my first replaced hip and still going ive plated sports lifted weights squats leg press and never had a problem with it. It did take me a long time to totally trust the implant i would still limp and have pain in my first hip for 1 to 2 years then one day it just became natural to me and i never had an issue i was told when i got my recent hip replaced that the left hip may need to be done in a couple years.i have to say i hate that i had to have my hips replaced but doing it was the best thing ive ever done.

    • profile image

      Azhippie 19 months ago

      2/14/13 right thr doing well .. Happy holidays ! Do your dr research! Get in shape for the big surgery.

    • profile image

      Rosehip19 19 months ago

      Have only just seen the kind message from Dee from many months ago, and thought I would update you all on my progress. I am 4 years post replacement, and have only just had a diagnosis of why I am still in pain. The tendon of the iliopsoas muscle is somehow caught on the socket bit of the implant which is sticking out a bit from the bone. I have now had two cortisone injections in that area, can have up to two more, which may well settle the problem. After that we are looking at keyhole surgery to release the tendon. I am feeling really optimistic now. Only trouble is that I have had to go private to get all this sorted and it is costing an arm and a leg (pun intended!).

    • profile image

      Worriedgirl29 19 months ago

      Hi all, I'm 29 and due to get a LTHR very soon. When speaking to the surgeon he said that due to meds I was on that there was an increased risk of infection. Round about 5 or 6%. He gave me worst case scenario of there being an infection, not being able to get rid of it and having to take the hip out after a potential year of misery and being left with a gap and not being able to walk at all!!! This has me terrified and really scared and apprehensive. Have any of you had this type of bother? I'm in a lot of pain the now so this op is meant to increase my quality of life hence getting it at my age but worried it will have the opposite effect. Really grateful for any responses and chats about this as I feel so alone. Thanks in advance!x

    • profile image

      seabeegrandma 2 years ago

      I had hip surgery 3 years ago and I was fine but now all of a sudden I cannot sleep on the side where the surgery was and I have pain I just wonder if that is normal I have had no problem since the surgery. Thanks

    • profile image

      Dee205 2 years ago

      Hi all, haven't been on in a long time but I popped in a saw a lot of "oldies" are back:/ I had a RTHR in May 2011 and LTHR in May 2012. Had a few glitches but things are good overall. Hope gkorbar, rosehip, viv bin, and Susan are doing well! This site really helped

    • profile image

      gkorbar 2 years ago

      Hi all, update, tomorrow is 3 weeks out from trhr, stopped pain meds a week ago. Walked 1 mile today no cane. Going to see surgeon today, hopefully can drive soon.

    • profile image

      gkorbar 2 years ago

      Hi hippies, 12 days out from RTHR, 3-18-15, left hip 3-12-12. Doing great! Felt ready to go home on day after replacement, had to stay 5 days because of my blood numbers. Got home and went straight to a cane walking around without cane at times. Feels good, curing pain meds down to one every 6 hrs. No strenght in lifting leg off bed if laying on back and also pulling leg back to center if slide out to side. I know muscles will wake up eventually. So far so good!

    • profile image

      Ni 2 years ago

      Hello everyone,

      I'm 29 and had a total hip replacement 8 months ago. I did physiotherapy and continue to exercise. My recovery process seemed to be going well until I returned to work. Now I'm experiencing my leg lock and sharp pain that lasts for a minute or two, the pain is unbearable. I also feel a burning sensation in my thigh/hip and tightness in my hip. I met with my surgeon two weeks ago and he does not know why this is happening and I'm being sent to see if I have nerve damage. If anyone had a similar experience or can offer any suggestions. Any recommendations that may be beneficial in my healing process?

      I would greatly appreciate it.

      Thanks!

    • ZenZen profile image

      ZenZen 2 years ago

      Oh, gkorbar, It's worth it.

    • ZenZen profile image

      ZenZen 2 years ago

      Hi Hippies, I'm back. It's been a while. Stats: R-hip Jan. '12 then L-hip July '12. Right hip is perfect. Left hip is a (please pardon the expression) buggerhead. It started dislocating the the fall of '14, and has done so twice since and threatens me on a regular basis. It was the tough surprise surgery, so I'm not peeved with Doc. but as my Dad would say..."aye,yae,yae". Yes I'm giggling. This is a SLOOOOOW heal. Functioning but tender. And COLD! Do you feel ice thru your spiked bones on cold damp days? I find I have to wear woollen long-johns with nice elasticized leggings over top to feel warm and safe of left hip pop. Doc. is not considering revision surgery at present, but just puts me back on the 6 wk. restrictions whenever Left bugger decides to hop-pop out of socket. Sorry if I'm terrifying new hipsters here, but this is good info. I'm only 51.

      Anyway, I'm back. Have missed you. XOX Happy healing.

    • profile image

      gkorbar 2 years ago

      Hi all, found out yesterday going to get new right hip. left hip replaced march of 2012. Im hurting pretty bad so will be glad to have done but still not looking forward to going through it again.

    • profile image

      Susan 2 years ago

      Thank you for your post, Rosehip. Your situation is very similar to my own. I, too, feel deformed, especially in certain clothes which show this big extended lump on the right side. Like you, I also have bursitis which hurts many days, and a weird indentation at the bottom of this lump. I have never tried any of the treatments you did, but my surgeon did say that, if the pain got worse, he would do Plasma Replacement Therapy, which he claims is better than a cortisone shot with less side effects. It's a new treatment which involves taking a small quantity of my own blood and injecting it into the painful area. He says it has a very high success rate for pain reduction.

      I suppose this is the price we pay for being able to walk freely again, without limping and without a cane. My operated leg is also longer, and the physiotherapist said that this throws out of balance my body.

      However, I have found the pain is reduced with a supplement recommended by a naturopath I went to - arthritis pain relief capsules which have 250 mg of natural eggshell membrane. They are the new wave of arthritis pain treatment, and after a few weeks, most of my pain is completely gone! They are truly amazing and the health food stores can't keep them on the shelf.

    • profile image

      Cleeclive 2 years ago

      Hi all, I had a full hip replacement on the left leg 8 days ago, escaped from hospital after 3 days, used crutches for 5 days then went to a single stick around the house.I am now using one or two crutches when outdoors depending on the distance walked.bIt did a mile this afternoon with two crutches, 8 days after the opening. The left leg is still very swollen but pain is reducing daily. Humping to walk in to see the surgeon next Wednesday with no sticks, as the daily rate of improvement is un_believable.

      After months of pain and reducing mobility this surgery has been amazing.

      I did watch the you tube video entitled total hip replacement, pleased I watched it after the opening and not before.

    • profile image

      Rosehip19 2 years ago

      Hi Susan! It was good to hear from someone else who still has problems 3 years after THR. In my case the consultant thinks that the socket part of the replacement was too large for me, and the protruding parts are constantly irritating the soft tissues at the top of my thigh. I also now have a misshapen thigh, with a large dent in the centre of the scar area, and the surrounding flesh bulging out. It can clearly be seen when I wear trousers and I feel deformed. I also have bursitis on both hips, and the operated leg is longer than before and seems to be angled differently as well. I have tried steroid injections, acupuncture, Pilates, personal trainer, TENS machine, etc. Ideas, anyone?

    • profile image

      Susan 2 years ago

      This blog has been very helpful to me over the years. I had a THR 3 years ago on the right hip, and it did take a long time to recover. I was wondering if anyone else has a very big lump on the side of the transplant. It developed over the last 2 years, and now, my body is quite imbalanced, and misshapen. The right hip area is at least 3 inches bigger than the left which throws off my gait and balance. I went back to the surgeon to show him, and he took an x-ray, said everything is fine, and then said, "This happens sometimes." I had never read anything about this as a side-effect of hip replacement surgery. I asked him what it was, and he said scar tissue and inflammation. But I wondered if anyone else has this problem, and whether it indicates excessive bone growth??? (as someone posted above) It doesn't hurt but looks very odd.

    • profile image

      gkorbar 2 years ago

      Hi Hippies,

      It has been a while since I posted. LTHR 3/12/12. I had problem with Heterotopic calcification afterwards, body grew bone in soft tissue front of hip, couldn't bend much. I had surgery in June of 2013 to remove bone mass. I had to go back in a week later, hip swelled up, draining, opened me up again and put in drain. found out I had staph infection. spent all summer with an IV line in upper arm giving myself antibiotic injections. The antibiotic started killing off white blood cells, allergic, back in hospital, new antibiotic. Then again fevers, IV line was infected with E-Coli, new line put in, solved problem. That hip has been pain free now but still can't reach foot to put on sock or tie shoe, almost 3 years out from surgery. I have been having bad knee pain since last spring in right knee. Had steroid injection and lubricant in knee, no help. I went to Ortho surgeon last week, he took X-rays and said right hip and knee bad. Said could be hip causing pain in knee. Went for injection in hip, guess what, knee feels great. Only thing is probably need new right hip. I didn't believe doctor when he said my terrible knee pain was caused by hip, but I was wrong. Anyone else ever have pain in knee that was caused by their hip? I will have to go see doctor in couple of weeks, seems like shot is wearing off after 3 days, will update on whether I will need another THR.

    • profile image

      Diane 2 years ago

      Diane

      Replaced hip. No problems for over two years. Playing tennis etc.

      Hip got infected approximately two and half year latter. Orthopedic cleaned and replaced ball and tried for a year to treat infection with antibiotics, and other treatments for nine months. No luck. So he put in a spacer and a cement ball full of antibiotics which remained for eight weeks with no weight bearing. After this was removed I had a hip revision and over the weeks I went from 50% weight bearing to full weight bearing. Everything was fine for five weeks. Then I noticed a bright red hematoma over the original incission. It was about the size of a hand spread out. I went to primary doc. And it turns I fave two blood clots in lower leg. No pain. I was put on a blood thinner. Since then the hematoma has turned purple and as spread throught out my whole hip,and my hip has become very swollen.. My question is could the blood clots cause the hematoma? It is just not getting better! Help

    • wieman351 profile image

      wieman351 2 years ago from harvey,La

      Well, I have hit my three month mark on my left hip and it feels fantastic. My last follow-up visit, I gave my dr. a BIG hug and thanked him for giving me back my legs and told him now I can dance again. It still is a little bit weak, but I have to keep up my exercise to strengthen that muscle. I walk and use my exercise bike. In 2016, I am hoping to participate in the Breast Cancer Walk, in our city. Unfortunately my right hip is feeling it too. I guess from putting a lot of pressure on my right hip (which was done in 2011), the muscles are a little sore and it can be a little stiff too. But at least there is nothing wrong with the hip implant itself. If there was, I won't be able to put any weight on it at all and it would be excruciating. I am walking around with no problem and putting weight on both hips. I guess sometimes I can overdo it a little on my right hip.

    • profile image

      Richard 2 years ago

      Hi Anthony 8, I use my wife email address, my name is Richard, I'm a 34 year old sheep farmer. Had right arthroscopic 5 years ago, 17 chips of cartilage removed, my left hip was bone on bone then, which I had replaced 4 weeks tomorrow since. Walking near 2 miles a day now, was reasonable fitness before opening, but amazed how much easier it is now. Just want to be fit again and muscle strong ready for planning starting in February, March and April!!

    • profile image

      vivbin 2 years ago

      Can't believe it is over two years since I had my hip done. No pain- marvellous. Like you Tony, have arthritis in my other hip, but have no pain, so that is good news.

      Happy holiday my fellow hipsters, and eternal thanks for all the support and advise over the months. Greetings from the UK. Vivien

    • profile image

      Anthony8 2 years ago

      Hi Jess,

      If it's only been two weeks, you might be overdoing it a bit by walking a mile a day. It's great that you can, but I was accused of overdoing it by my home health care nurse and I was doing much less than you are. To be safe, I would just run it by your doctor. And congrats!

      Wieman, congrats to you too! No twerking on the dance floor, okay? Haha.

      Happy Holidays to my fellow hipsters. I can't believe I am 25 months post-surgery and couldn't be doing better. I never think about the hip and would never know I ever had anything done. And my left hip, which they said had arthritis too, is not hurting at all. I think it is benefiting from my 3-4 days a week at the gym.

      Keep moving, kids! :-)

      Tony

    • profile image

      peds 2 years ago

      Just had left the nearly 2 weeks ago, clips out in 2 days, already walking over a mile a day now, this is not classed as overdoing it is it?

      jesscarr2@hotmail

    • wieman351 profile image

      wieman351 2 years ago from harvey,La

      Just came back from drs. off.; he removed staples and gave me the all clear for outpatient PT. I am rearing to go and for my X-Mas gift, a night out dancing. Happy Holidays Everyone!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

    • wieman351 profile image

      wieman351 2 years ago from harvey,La

      Hidiho and Happy Holiday my fellow Hippies:

      It has been several months since I last posted, but a lot has happened since then. Well, on Nov. 4th I FINALLY had my left hip done. I don't know if any of you remember, I did my right hip in 2011 and now I finally did my left one. I didn't like the way the nursing staff treated me in the hospital in 2011, so I wanted to go to a different hospital for my left one and the hospital I wanted to go to, wasn't on our insurance plan at the time. Now that it is, I went and had my left one done. Now comes the agony of recovery!!!!!!! I'm sure most of you can agree that the first couple of weeks are the most painful. THANK GOD FOR ICE PACKS!!!!!!! Well, this coming up Wed. I am going to the drs. off. to have the staples removed (God that hurts) and I think the dr. has way to much fun pulling those damn staples out of my and watching me go AAAGHHH!!!!!! I am getting around ok using the walker, while I am on in home care. But unfortunately, I am also making my husband sick. Who else can say that they actually make their spouses gag. (HA, HA). I can't wait to start outpatient therapy and then after that, graduation!!!!!!!! I can't wait until this spring when I will be able to get around a hell of a lot more and either in 2015 or probably more like 2016, my neighbor and I are going to walk in a Breast Cancer Awareness marathon, to honor my late mother. Well, I will from time to time keep all of you up to date on my progress. The only other thing to say is: "OMG!!!!!! I CAN'T WAIT FOR ALL OF THIS CRAP TO FINALLY BE OVER!!!!!!" Happy Holidays everyone!!!!!!!!

    • profile image

      Anthony8 2 years ago

      Hi Christine,

      Congrats on your new hip, but sorry to hear about the burning sensation you are experiencing. The surgeon has to do quite a bit of damage to the tissue to do this job, and the pain you are feeling could be anything from nerve damage which will subside as you heal, to an infection that needs immediate attention, to several other things in-between.

      I would recommend calling the surgeon's office as soon as possible to see what they recommend. Best of luck and keep us posted on your progress.

      Tony

    • profile image

      Christine 2 years ago

      I had my hip replaced a week ago. Al of sudden while sleeping I have this intense tearing burning Sensation that I have to jump out of bed. Now I have it all thru the day. Anyone have this

    • profile image

      Anthony8 2 years ago

      Hi Barbie,

      I would not accept that prognosis if I were you. I am not a doctor, but it is my understanding that different surgeons use different approaches to replacing the hip. The posterior approach cuts through more muscle and requires longer recovery times and dislocates easier. The anterior approach, which is the one I had, impacts different muscles and causes fewer problems.

      At the very least, it seems like your doctors should have been sensitive to the damage they were doing - especially if they kept involving a muscle to the point where they now can call it "shot." Who should be responsible for that? Maybe they should have involved a different surgeon to use a different approach that would not have done so much damage to the same muscle(s).

      I have to believe there is some way to fix this, either through rehab or a graft of some kind. I know you have confidence in your doctors, but I would be inclined to find the best orthopedic surgeon within 100 miles of you and get another opinion.

      I will stop here so I don't incite you too much, but this sounds like something that did not have to happen and now they should do whatever is necessary to fix it. I mean why didn't they put in the correct-sized cup from the start?...sheesh, this bothers me.

      Stay strong and positive.

      Tony

    • profile image

      Vivbin UK 2 years ago

      Barbie, good luck. I am sure all will go well.

    • profile image

      BARBIE 2 years ago

      GREETINGS! Went to my surgeon for a pre-op visit. I'm going to have my 5th 30-year hip revision surgery in less than 1 1/2 years.

      Doc examined me and I asked him what this mysterious lump was on my upper thigh that has developed over the last 6 months. He said it was excessive bone growth. Apparently, the bone has grown out of control in an effort to make up for lack of a functioning gluteus medius muscle. He's going to replace the acetabular liner with a larger one that hopefully will "capture" the femoral head and prevent it from any future dislocations or subluxations. He's also going to remove the excess bone growth for "estethic" resaons. Look's like I'm ALWAYS going to limp now, for the rest of my life; he said the gluteus medius muscle, which is responsible for walking straight, is shot to hell after repeated surgeries and manipulations. It is NOT savalgable. So, that explains why I can walk up and down the stairs, stand on line for a long time, and even dance in place without using a cain or walker, but as far as just walking straight, I am always going to have to use a cane or walker. This is very hard for me to deal with. I am a very young 55 year old girl mentally and otherwise physically, and having to use a cane or walker forever is something that I never imagined would happen. That goes to explain why physical therapy did NOT help with me walking straight. I don't know what the future holds for me, but I'm trying to take this day by day and try to convince myself that one day I will walk unassisted. I may just be kidding myself; I will know in the next year if this will be a permanent handicap. I could use a lot of prayers right now.

    • profile image

      BARBIE G 2 years ago

      Greetings Anthony (and any other interested parties.) Thanks for your reply and concern-----it really means a lot!

      I am now 13 days away from my latest surgery--"capturing" the femoral head so I no longer slip out of the socket or have a total dislocation.

      In reference to your question about seeing another surgeon, first of all, another surgeon in his office if going to "observe" my surgery because my surgeon said he's done so few of these in the past because he's rarely encountered a patient with my particular problems. But, THIS IS IT!!! YES, I do feel I have a very good surgeon. However, he's never had a patient like me with all these assorted problems. He said If I'm still limping one year after this surgery you can guarantee that I will always limp, which is totally unacceptable to me. I thought that you were allowed to go to physical therapy for as long as you wanted, but, no----insurance only picks up 12 visits. I mean, I can stand in line for a long time., go up and down the stairs, crawl on my hands and knees, and even dance, all without a cane or walker. The only thing I CANT do is walk straight without a cane or walker. I mean, if this surgery is a success, then that's great. But MY main issue is that I'm crippled, and surgery may or may not fix my limp. This is the last surgery I'm having with this Dr., only because another doctor will be assisting. People think I'm crazy to stick with my current doctor, but his record, aside from me, is unblemished. He might be biting off more than he can chew with my surgery. In any event, all I can do is pray at this point and give myself time to heal before I pursue other avenues, whether it be medical or legal. Just the pain and suffering I've endured is incalculable. I have painkillers at my disposable, but I take them only when my pain is totally out of control.

      I'm seeing my surgeon before my surgery because several other things have developed. First, I have a hard lump on my upper thigh towards the hip that I didn't have until recently. Second, when I walk and press my fingers on the "lump" I can feel things moving around in there. And thirdly, occasionally I get such a sharp pain deep within the back of my thigh that is more painful than ANY other pain I've had in my hip. I think he should know all this before he operates, and see what he says about these new developments. This whole thing is so $#^W@%$ up that he may suggest that I NOT have surgery right now. Jesus Crackers!! Just waiting around till my visit with him next week. Ought to be an interesting visit. Again, thanks for your concern!! Bless you!

    • profile image

      Anthony8 2 years ago

      Wow, Barbie! Now I understand - thanks for sharing all that. Sounds like you have been to hell and back. What bad luck to fall and break your hip - I'm so sorry that happened to you.

      Despite everything, you seem positive and upbeat and hopeful, and I completely understand why you are looking forward to surgery this month.

      Through all this, have all the surgeries been performed by the same surgeon? If so, I'm guessing you must still have confidence in him? I wish I could be more helpful, but I have never had anything close to the experience you have. I hope some other folks can offer you some valuable insights.

      I do hope you will keep us posted on your progress. I will be thinking good thoughts for you in August! :-)

      Tony

    • profile image

      Barbie 2 years ago

      I've been limping since 1/31/14, when I had my second hip revision surgery in less than 1 year. My doctor tells me that I have a 50/50 chance of losing my limp after this surgery. Since I have had no improvement in my limp since my last surgery, I have a strong feeling that I will always limp. He told me that physical therapy after this surgery will probably not affect my limp.

      Naturally, I am somewhat upset and depressed over this. I never thought that at 55 I would be disabled, possibly forever. I have to be grateful that at LEAST I'm still able to walk on two feet, which, after all this, is a definite blessing. Can anyone out there relate? At this point, I can use as much support as I can get. I truly empathize with anyone who has had hip revisions that have gone south. Have a great day and keep your chin up!!

    • profile image

      BARBIE 2 years ago

      Hi Tony!! Thanks for your response. Here's the rundown:

      I was diagnosed with scoliosis at age 13. I wore a Milwaukee walking brace every day, 23 hours a day for 5 years. The brace did nothing but stabilize my scoliosis. Never had back surgery until 1999 because L3-L4-L5 discs were pressing on the spinal cord. Been more or less pain free since then. The summer of 2012 I started experiencing bad lower back pain and groin pain. I was referred to a pain mgnt. specialist who performed 5 extremely painful procedures on my lower back to no avail. I was then referred to an orthopaedic surgeon, who refused my lower spine on 2/13/13. It was a great success!! No more pain or sciatica.

      As my groin pain increased, tests were run and it was determined that I needed a THR on my right hip. On 4/26/13 the surgery was performed without a hitch. Less than 3 weeks later I fell in the doctor's parking lot and broke my hip in two places----the tip of the greater trochanter broke off, and there was a complete fracture on one part of the acetabulum. The doctor said he would not perform surgery because he felt these fractures would heal on their own, which they did not. After having severe pain all summer, on 9/18/13 he tried to re-attach the piece of the greater trochanter using cables, wires, a claw and a screw. After that surgery I was still in a lot of pain. Around the beginning of Jan. 2014 the femoral head started "slipping" out of the socket (I later found out the technical name is "subluxation", which means the femoral head does not totally dislocate, rather moves out of position in the acetabular cup, causing somewhat severe pain. I started to see the doctor several times a week complaining of this, but when I repeatedly asked him what was causing this, all he could tell me was, "I don't know". I always do a lot of research before and after my surgeries, and I asked him the degree of positioning of the acetabulum and size of the femoral head he used, he always answered me with flying colors.

      On 1/31/14 my hip was in so much pain, he did another revision surgery, in which he removed all the hardware from my hip and replaced it with new components. One week later I was back in surgery because I developed a huge hematoma which was bleeding out where he had put staples on the incision line. For the next month I bled out through the incision. He tried a myriad of new-wave "vacuum" bandages which didn't help. After a month of this the hematoma basically dryed up and that was the end of that.

      In March of 2014, I was at a restaurant and my hip finally and totally dislocated. I was rushed to the hospital, where it was put back in place. However, my hip contined to subluxate every day, up to 10 times a day.

      I am scheduled to have ANOTHER hip revision on 8/18/14. In this surgery, the dr. is going to try to "capture" the femoral head using a larger acetabular cup. If successful, I will no longer have any subluxations or dislocations.

      Believe it or not, I'm looking forward to this surgery. Every time my femoral head slips out of place I'm afraid that it will totally dislocate, which could be disastrous and put me in a wheel chair.

      As for my chronic limp, the dr. has told me that chanc

    • profile image

      Anthony8 2 years ago

      Hi Barbie,

      Sorry you have had such a rough go of it. I'm not sure I have an understanding of where you are at, medically. In August, will you have had 4 surgeries in less than a year? All on your hips? That doesn't reconcile with doctors telling you that your limp is due to scoliosis. If it's your back, why do they keep operating on your hips?

      None of us have the information or credentials to tell you whether a doctor was negligent in your case. However, if you have lost confidence in the doctors who have been working on you, you may want to try others.

      Although you are not alone in suffering complications, I don't think the results you are describing are typical, and most folks have pretty good results with THR. Of course, some recoveries take longer than others. If, in fact, you have needed 2-3 revisions in a year, that is a very unfortunate - I'm sorry you have had to go through that.

      Please keep us posted on your progress and let us know if you have any other questions.

      Tony

    • profile image

      Anthony8 2 years ago

      I had a long post never make it to the forum several weeks ago and then got busy and haven't been around. Sorry, kids! :-)

      Derek, I don't know much about dislocations, not having experienced them myself. I think they are more common with the posterior approach and I had anterior. They did warn me about not allowing my op-leg to cross the center-line of my body, as that could cause a dislocation. I'm sure it was painful and I'm sorry you had to go through that.

      I'm about 20 months post-op and I have absolutely no pain of any kind. I am doing low-impact cardio (elliptical, treadmill and stationary bikes) and weight training 3-4 days a week. I helped my daughter move a few days ago and amazed myself that I was able to carry heavy boxes up flights of stairs without touching a railing. I'm 55 and it's been many years since I could do that.

      We had our first grandchild in December and I am so grateful that I can carry her around and get up from a sitting position while holding her. Two years ago, I would have had to hand her off to someone, in order to get up.

      One of the best decisions I ever made was having this surgery. My advice: When it gets to the point that your hip pain is affecting your quality of life, do your homework, choose a great surgeon and hospital even if you have to travel to get there, do prehab and rehab religiously and have patience. It will all be worth it in the end.

      Good luck!

      Tony

    • profile image

      derek 3 years ago

      Face book have a forum, but i dont think they like negative comments, every thing seems to be rosy after t.h.r. we all now that is not so Derek.

    • profile image

      Allison 3 years ago

      1 year and 2 months after having hip replacement surgery at age 29, I completed my first 5K eve, which I mentioned in my post a few days ago. It was untimed, but I know it took me over an hour, probably slightly less than an hour and a half.

      I was able to get in the first wave, so I didn't feel like I was lagging behind too much, except when people from what I'm sure were waves 2, 3, 4 and possibly 5 passed me. :D

      But I finished, and that's the most important part. And my hip didn't give me any trouble.

    • profile image

      Derek 3 years ago

      Ihad t.h.r. 8 months ago, i had 4 dislocations soon after the op. was put in a brace for nearly 4 months, has been o.k. for past 3 months no pop outs,but leg still swelling, o.k. after a nights sleep, and a little pain, would appreciate any comments, thank you all, a great forum. Derek

    • profile image

      Vivbin uk 3 years ago

      Hi Tony and all hipsters. Sorry I did not get back to you sooner. Yes, I think my problems were muscular since the pain has gone. I am using my exercise bike twice daily, water aerobics plus swimming lessons, so getting some exercise. I do, however find gardening quite challenging, especially bending down weeding. Very stiff, but hey, so much better than before my op when I could barely walk for more than 20 yards. hope you are all doing well.

      Vivien

    • profile image

      Allison 3 years ago

      I had my one year follow up yesterday. Well, one year from my last follow up, that is. I have NO pain, other than the occasional twinge. My doctor looked at my x-ray, asked if I had pain, had me walk, and told me to come back in a year. I'm doing a 5K in a couple of weekends (UN timed... It takes me about 1 1/2 hours to walk 5K!) and he seemed happy about that. So I'm doing really well!

      I keep checking here to see if I can offer encouragement to the younger people out there having hip replacement. I may only be 30, but I am SO glad I decided to go ahead with surgery when I did.

    • Saundra Davis profile image

      Saundra Davis 3 years ago from California

      Hello Hipsters!

      Stats: 53 yo LTHR 02 2013 RTHR 10 2012

      I've been away for awhile, staying busy and active but wanted to pop in to say hi and let you know that I just finished walking my first ever 1/2 marathon in San Francisco. Yup, you guessed it, hills and all. I completed the 13.1 mile walk in 3 hours, 55 minutes and 59 seconds. It took me about 10 weeks to prepare and three days to recover.

      I also learned of a product that I am certain was instrumental in my ability to do the race and recover quickly. Light compression clothing that I found at www.tommiecopper.com was simply amazing. No pressure while wearing them but my goodness do the feel good. Easy to get on and off (they are true to size) and I had no rubbing or any other issues.

      I finally feel like I can get back to my normal activities. They have undershorts for men and I hope they make them for women. The hips were supported and I walked with no pain for the entire race.

      I am forever grateful for the amazing people on this thread. You walked me through one of the most challenging events in my life (twice even). I may not be around often, but it think of you all and wish you a long and happy life.

      Be well HIPPIES!

    • wieman351 profile image

      wieman351 3 years ago from harvey,La

      I just wanted to tell all you hippies that since I had THR on my right hip in Oct. 2011, today I did ALL my gardening for the first time in several years. I spent all day outside working in my garden and had the best time ever. I love my Ortho. dr. He gave me back my life.

    • rogue53 profile image

      rogue53 3 years ago

      I have been reading and participating on this blog for about 3 years, but I haven’t posted in a long time. But, recently someone said that even bad experiences are welcome so that members can see what can happen. So, I thought I would tell my experience, although it will be long!

      I had pretty bad arthritis in my right hip for over 5 years and it became almost unbearable. I scheduled a total hip replacement for early August 2011- During the surgery, the doctor broke my acetabulum, the structure which holds the ball joint. He described it later to me as being "shattered". I spent more time in the hospital than originally planned, then was transferred to a nursing home for two weeks. The doctor had gone ahead with the hip components, after shoring up the broken pieces. I could not bear weight on the right leg for almost 6 months, using a walker instead. This put so much pressure on my wrists and shoulders that to this day, they still hurt. It also put pressure on my left knee, which already had a complete ACL tear without repair, and prior meniscus tears. So, in late December 2011, I was told by the original surgeon that I could now bear weight and use a cane. I had not been happy with my doctor's attitude- not doing any CT or MRI type scans after I had complained for months of feeling movement in the hip and also had very loud squeaks and other noises! I had scheduled a second opinion in early January 2012 with another orthopedist, who recommended a CT scan after hearing the noises. I had a CT scan a couple weeks later. After getting home after the CT that same day, I had a tremendous pain deep inside my buttock/hip area, and could no longer bear weight. I went to bed for a week and when I got the call with the results of the CT scan, I was told that I was subject to dislocation as there was a space where there shouldn't be-- making the hip components unstable, along with later finding out the screws were loosening. I told the 2nd-opinion orthopedist when she called with this news, that I thought it had already started to dislocate. After much discussion, she agreed to refer me to an out-of-network specialist at another hospital. But, this wait took 2 months, all the time with me being in a wheelchair. When I could consult with the specialist, he said he would schedule me ASAP due to the seriousness of the situation. Well, it took from Feb. 9, 2012 to March 12th, 2012 to get in for a complete revision surgery. He wasn't sure I would have enough bone, and that I might have to be non-weight-bearing again. But, good news-- it went better than he thought, and I could bear weight as soon as they got me up. But, at the beginning of the surgery, he spent 4 hours removing metal debris from my tissues from the metal components rubbing, and that was only rubbing for about 8 months.... he said it looked like some hip components he had seen that were rubbing for 20 years or more! So began a year of physical therapy.... trying to gain strength in my weakened hip muscle. First home PT, then out-patient. After about 9 months, I could finally walk without a limp. So, I was almost 100% until this past January 2nd, when I took a step and felt that pain deep inside again! No warning. You might imagine all the thoughts of "not again!", etc. An x-ray showed the bones and metal components still in place, but an ultrasound this week showed a tear in the IT band (always was sore there indicating a weak point- this is probably where it was cut through twice- once for each surgery). Also, there is a partial tear in the muscle attached to the greater trochanter which is the biggest part of the femur bone at the top. I have a lot of bursitis there they said- very angry and inflamed. No wonder I have been on the cane again since the beginning of January! I am back to wearing a brace on my left knee (I had meniscus repair surgery on that again in November 2012), as it is feeling stressed. I am to wear pain patches on my hip, take an anti-inflammatory and will be scheduled for PT again, to strengthen the IT band. Hopefully, the tears are healing on their own.

      I hope this helps someone, and would welcome your thoughts.

    • profile image

      kat 3 years ago

      Hi! I had both hips replaced sept 2013 and Dec 2013. Both anterior. I am amazed at my recovery! I went back to work after two weeks on both. The only issue I seem to be having is with my hip I had done last. I am getting stabbing burning pain in my thigh. Its not anywhere near my incision. Its on the front about 5 or 6" up from my knee. The pain last for only a few seconds and then disappears. Its very random. Dr says I'm healing great. I have a little bursitis and got a cortisone shot. Has anyone else experience this??

    • profile image

      JanVA 3 years ago

      I had an anterior RTHR in November. I had not used the right leg for stair climbing (I live in a 3 story townhouse) for 4 years. I had something going on with my thigh also during that time with pain and could not use it for the stairs. After the operation that leg was swollen but after the swelling went down it was still bigger than my left leg because of not being used, especially for stair climbing. After my PT, which I am still doing for another week, it is down to the size of the left leg. Because I waited so long to have the operation done I have had trouble building up the muscles in the right leg but I am coming along. I have had IT Band trouble and Hip Flexor problems. It probably depends on what shape you were in before the operation and the PT that is being done after the operation. I am so thankful I have the operation behind me and give thanks every day for not having the hip pain anymore. I will not wait for the left hip to be replaced when it comes that time.

    • profile image

      Anthony8 3 years ago

      Hi wieman,

      I don't remember having puffiness - hopefully, someone else will weigh in on that. Is this a new development or have you had that all along? Heat in an area is one sign of infection, but there are others, so don't totally dismiss that possibility. If you are having any redness, pain, itchiness beneath the skin, etc. - those are also all signs of a possible infection.

      Viv, have you been exercising regularly? Could you have pulled something? This is a new problem, are there any other symptoms? Does the pain come predictably, when you do a certain thing? My sharp pains were generally temporary, and the result of certain muscles not getting enough work and weakening.

      Most often, the need for a THR comes from arthritis - if it got that bad in one joint, it's likely affecting other joints as well. My left hip is not really painful yet, but they told me it will have to eventually be done. Also I have to ice my left knee after I workout as it does get sore. I try not to overdo it, but I have learned that if I stop moving and baby myself, I pay a higher price of immobility.

      So, remember, some of our aches and pains are a normal part of the aging process and the degeneration of our bodies. The best thing we can do is to exercise sensibly as much as possible, and seek PT if we are having trouble strengthening certain areas on our own. That commercial that says "a body in motion tends to stay in motion" is so so true!

      Wieman and viv, you know your bodies better than anyone and if you think something is wrong, get it checked out. I was a bury-my-head-in-the-sand-and-it-will-go-away kind of guy, and I still don't run to the doc for every little thing, but I paid a high price for letting things go with my first bad hip.

      Good luck and keep us posted. :-)

      Tony

    • profile image

      Vivbin uk 3 years ago

      Hi Wieman 351 Although not exactly the same, I am having problems with a really sharp pain on my bottom, slightly above the op site. I had a TLH replacement in August 2012 and have been doing really well. Feel a bit silly as I posted a comment about 2 weeks ago saying how well I was doing!! I have no puffiness, in fact quite the reverse, more a hollow part near to the scar. Any ideas? I am not aware of hurting myself. Do have swimming lessons and use an exercise bike ( upright variety).

      Vivien.

    • wieman351 profile image

      wieman351 3 years ago from harvey,La

      I had my surgery in Oct. 2011 and had a question. First, I don't have any problems getting around in fact I feel great. Although I would like to know if anyone else has experienced this. Sometimes my hip will feel a little stiff especially after doing a lot; and sometimes my thigh will feel a little sore like I have worked it and also has anyone noticed that the thigh area is a little puffy. Not swollen, but puffy. My leg doesn't feel hot so it is not an infection, it just looks a little puffier than my other leg. Other than that, I am able to do gardening again, even though I still have to have my left leg done. FYI, I haven't said anything to my doctor yet about this b/c first I don't think (at least I hope) it is not that big of deal and second, I don't want the doctor to give me a hard time about having my other hip done. Basically when I am ready, all do it. But I was just wondering if anyone else has had the same experiences. Oh also, what about exercise bikes? Which is better for people like us, recumbent or upright. I just bought a recumbent and I have to confess, I can't ride it with a lot of tension.

    • profile image

      Harold 3 years ago

      seven months ago, 14 August 0013, i had a l.t.r.h., in the following 3 weeks i had 4 dislocations, they put me in a brace for 4 months, brace came off 6 weeks ago, up to now, walking every day and doing my exerscises , things seem to be o.k. just praying things will be o.k., after my operation i was so careful, cannot understand the pop outs, any one had similar, am nearly frightened to sneeze, thank you.

    • profile image

      Anthony8 3 years ago

      Andie,

      Sorry you are having problems. My advice is to seek out a good physical therapist. There is no doubt that you can improve with the right exercise regimen. A good PT will evaluate you and isolate the weaker muscles and develop an exercise plan that will target those areas. I did this and the improvement was remarkable!

      Tony

      p.s. So sorry to hear of the troubles some others are having - thanks for sharing, hang in there and keep us posted.

    • profile image

      Shishka Bob 3 years ago

      Andreathena: It sounds like you are dealing with weak groin muscles. This muscle group does not get stronger unless you purposely work them. You should go really slow because they are delicate. Get a length of some surgical tubing, available at any pharmacy, or anything similer that is stretchy. Tie it in a loop and put it under the leg of something heavy, like a dresser or something. Then all you have to do is put your foot through the loop and use it for resistance training ... doing scissors-type motions, both pulling sideways towards you, across your mid-line as well as pulling outward, away from your mid-line. It will hurt so go easy. You will pay for it for a few days afterwards, so take your favorite anti-inflammatory. Do this every few days for a couple of months and you might be surprised.

      By the way ... in typing this post it got mysteriously messed up with whole sections dissapearing. Apparently the site is having issues.

    • Andreathena profile image

      Andreathena 3 years ago

      I can't believe the post I just made, disappeared. I was towards the end. I will synopsize.

      During one year post op, with surgeon, last week, he told me to "live with it or have TOTAL hip replacement surgery." WHA?!?!?!?!!?!?!?

      He only spends about two minutes with his patients, post-op, and then is gone from the room, leaving many un-thought of new questions of this patient that need to be addressed. So that brings me here.

      Active walking, 73 year young, slender female, fell a year ago and fractured hip, no arthritis, so Dr. did a PARTIAL hip replacement surgery. I live alone and had to become active early. I began walking within same day of surgery, climbing stairs, in 3 weeks, tying shoes in 3 months. All was fine except the stabs in groin that still exist, mostly upon lifting and hauling in groceries....about $60.00 worth....3/1/2014, heavy but I have always been strong and my attitude, positive. I don't want to have a complete hip replacement surgery. So I guess I have to live with it but I would like to pose a couple of questions and ask for your feedback if you would be so kind to respond.

      I want to know IF a hip can continue to improve "after" that one year op. It stabs in my groin upon motion of getting up or sitting down, unless I use arms on chair. It is brief but infrequent....several times a day. IF I lift groceries from my car to my second floor apartment, the hip stabs me for many days afterward. I need to know if there are exercises I can do that will strengthen the hip and lessen the pain or frequency of it . Dr. did not prescribe rehab or exercises after op....only lots of walking. I did that. ( at appt. last week, one year post, x-rays looked normal )

      Question: In your experience, can this hip continue to improve with weight bearing exercises using dumbbells? I have 1, 2, and 5 lb. dumbbells that I could begin using, if it won't make my condition worse.

      Do you know of anyone who continued to get better, after that all important one year, period I read so much about. Do I need to be exercising and if so, what kind of exercise? I know you can't prescribe, but perhaps you, or someone you know, have had similar experiences you could express, to me.

      Please do advise, if you are familiar with my complaints. I need to know this hip can continue to improve, with more walking. Again, I am slender, so weight is not an issue relative to groin stabbing complaints. It it were, I would lose weight.

      Feel free to address me as Andie, should you wish.

      Thanks, and all the best to each of you.....:)

    • profile image

      Rosehip19 3 years ago

      Vic - so sorry to hear of the struggles and pain you have been through. However I think it is important to hear of the operations that do not go to plan as well as the successful ones. I too had a thr in September 2011 (in the UK), and I am also not out of the woods yet. Not as bad as you, but it seems that my implanted socket is slightly too large for my body and it has set up a constant irritation and inflammation in the soft tissues. Not bad enough for a revision op, but I have just had my second steroid injection and the pain is subsiding a little. Let's both of us hope that we eventually end up with working hips and no discomfort. (And then sod's law will probably ensure that the other hip will go :-) !)

    • profile image

      Vic 3 years ago

      At shiksa bob, his name William Simonet ortho surgeon out of Edina Minnesota.

      He had a good reputation at one time. He was the Minnesota North Stars hockey team physcian. He was my second opinoun, he did a shoulder surgery on husband.

      Have not spoke to him since he sent me to the neourologist. I pursued a few attorneys and they basic blew me off, stated I need proof he made a error.

      I have 4 years if I want more opinions, right now I need a mental break from that nightmare. I feel it's time to get his name out there and tell my story so this can be preventive to others.

      I have learned you never give up and pursue the drs. until they can help you with your problem. I have had a cortizone shot in recent months and helps with inflammation. I still experience pain from scar tissue but can live with that comparable to the pain a year ago.

      I have not planted my garden in 3 years, this spring I will be digging and planting.

      Thanks for your kind Reply

    • profile image

      Shishka Bob 3 years ago

      Vic: What a nightmare! It is so important that you posted your experience here because folks coming along will need to read about what can happen. We have to be pushy, direct and get a good sense up front. No surgeon is perfect but it does sound like yours was not honest, and that is a moral / character issue.

      Skill sets and character can be assessed by asking around about a surgeon's reputation, and the way that industry operates a surgeon has to knock out a lot of procedures in order to make it. This is in favor of the savvy patient because the surgeon's reputation rests on results and word does spread, so folks do well to ask a lot of people if they have heard of the surgeon they are thinking of using before they take the plunge. If you get an attitude from the surgeon early on DON'T USE THEM.

      You had a long haul, Vic, and it may be that you are on the good side of things now. Don't be afraid of your pain, but learn to understand what it is that hurts, and keep moving things. Keep on top of the inflammation and this will help you tremendously. Your body is resilient beyond your wildest dreams, and you can get it all back if you keep at it!

    • profile image

      Vic 3 years ago

      Marian Jane I truly feel your pain. Sept 2011 I had a left hip replacement. At the 6 month mark I was still in so much pain my surgeon told me I was a complainer and recommended a neourologist for nerve pain. She did test for nerve damage. No luck sent me to a pain clinic. Told my sad story to this dr. and he sent to a back dr. This dr. did X-rays of my hip and he said it appears you might have loose hardware. He sent me to a hip revision dr. At this point I was so emotional and physically sick I could barely eat or get out of bed. When he looked at the X-rays he said the same thing it appears not for sure. I went into surgery as elective surgery. He opened me up and literally picked up the hardware. Pathology report came back discovered I had staph aerous infection. I had a pic put in my arm for intervenous antibiotics and the infectious diease dr. took over for the next 8weeks. I had a temp hip put in until the infection was gone. No weight barring for 3 months. Pretty much bed ridden. Had the new hip put in but not without complications again devoloped a hematmoma. Back to the operating table, 5 more days In the hospital. Had home care, pt came to my home for 6 weeks. It has taken well over 2 years to rehab this hip. I lost 30lbs which was almost to much for me I am a thin person. I worked very hard to get my strength back and after telling this nightmare story I feel for each and everyone of you that have gone through complications. A life changing experience for a 52 year old. God bless all of you.

    • profile image

      Vivbin UK 3 years ago

      Hi fellow hipsters. Just signing in to give you a quick update. Am now 18 months post right hip replacement and am now going through days of not even thinking about it. still have occasional twinges if I do something silly like doing too much gardening. Thank you all for your support over the months and all the best to everyone. Vivien

    • profile image

      Azhippi 3 years ago

      Feb 14 one year out THR had 6 months of hobbling and nuero deficits now pretty much back to normal . Working out and keep moving ! ocassional ache at night ! Worth the long trip it's been ! Keep on truckin'

    • profile image

      Derek 3 years ago

      had l.t.h.r. 6 months ago, a week later had 4 dislocations, was in a brace for 3 months, am now 6 weeks without brace, things looking better, but still have stiffness in leg.

      Derek

    • profile image

      Allison 3 years ago

      Today marks one year since my hip replacement surgery... Something I never thought I'd have to do before I turned 30, but I'm so glad I had it when I did. I'm doing GREAT, with only minor twinges of pain on occasion. I'm walking better than I have in years, and I've even signed up for an untimed 5K in April, the Color Run. I've been wanting to do a 5K for years now, but never quite had the motivation to actually get out and get moving so I could do it, until now.

      I am so thankful for all God has brought me through in my life, and that He has been faithful this past year. I attribute my recovery with NO setbacks to Him, and I'm so grateful.

      I Peter 5:7.

    • profile image

      Shishka Bob 3 years ago

      Hip replacement? What hip replacement!?!

    • profile image

      Anthony8 3 years ago

      Great to see everyone on the mend. Today is 15 months post-op on right THR. I feel great - no pain - I can walk faster than almost anyone I know. I was walking through the airport this week and easily passing everyone - even teenagers and 20-somethings. Felt so good!

      I attribute it to hitting the gym 3-4 days every week for the past 13 months. I basically walk about 1.2 miles in 20 minutes at about 3.4 to 3.8 miles per hour and then use the weight circuit training. I don't overdo it but I am consistent and it has really helped.

      I was told before I had my right THR that I had very little cartilage in my left hip joint and it would beed to be replaced eventually. I think the exercise is fending off more rapid deterioration in the left joint. The more I move, the more it seems I CAN move.

      For what it is worth, I will probably never be able to put my socks on or tie my shoes. I have not had that flexibility in many years and suffer from occasional scatica and don't want to push my luck and end up herniating discs, etc. I have been using a sock aid and slipping on my shoes for so long, it is not even an inconvenience anymore.

      Hope everyone is doing well and look forward to hearing about your progress.

      Tony

    • profile image

      derek 3 years ago

      This has been great reading, had a hip replacement, 6 months ago, have experianced many of the problems, so comforting, Think i am at last getting there, Thank you all, Derek.

    • profile image

      Shishka Bob 3 years ago

      35 days post posterior right THR. Pain only at the bone, where the cut was made separating the femoral head from the femur, and then generally only first thing in the morning. It disappears after I get moving. Very slight limp, but only when it hurts. Can't remember the last time I used the cane. Taking aspirin 3X / day at the most. Quit PT because everything is strong and the set of exercises no longer really are relevant. Still not daring to push full range of motion until I see my Doc at 6 weeks ... no where near flexible enough to put right sock or shoe on in the conventional method and I am not going to push because, well, I can just tell it's not time. Not supposed to be driving but what the heck. Unbelievable recovery. I don't deserve this and attribute it all to God's Grace and Mercy, avoiding opiate-based pain meds, and starting my rehab BEFORE my surgery (I called it prehab). Moral: Everyone is different. STAY POSITIVE.

    • profile image

      Karen 3 years ago

      Thank you Anthony. I think deep down I know this but it is nice to chat with others who have actually experienced it all. I am 58 years young and tomorrow I am going "swimming " for the first time where I will be mainly doing my exercises in water. I am not overdoing them as I don't want to undo anything :)). Walking several times a day on the flat only although I have walked up some inclines a few times, which is a lot harder than I first thought :) I am surprised just how much this operation has knocked me around as I am fairly fit for my age. I listen to my body and if it says lie down, I do!!! FYI for anyone who may also experience the same pains, I some times have a very deep pain in the buttocks, a burning sensation at times in the same spot and also the wound it self, groin pain/ tightening, knee ache and a sore bottom from lying on my back for so long. I am normally a side sleeper and have just started trying placing the pillows between the knees and rolling on my side, them placing a pillow behind my back, but the thigh feels uncomfortable, so only last a short while. Oh well, onwards and upwards as they say.

      I am enjoying this forum so thank you for contributing :)))

    • profile image

      Anthony8 3 years ago

      Hi Karen,

      Happy to hear the pain is diminished - the "gun on the hip" thing can take awhile to go away. I had the anterior approach and was spared that particular discomfort, but it's very common, as others have said.

      As for leg length: they measure your good leg pre-surgery and attempt to make the operated leg the same length when they insert the prosthetic. Usually that means making it longer than it was before the operation, since the loss of cartilage results in a shorter leg. It has been so long since your legs were the same length, it probably feels funny - I know it did for me. Over time, as everything heals and you can walk normally, you should find that both legs are the same length and you will lose your limp.

      Good luck and keep us posted! :-)

      Tony

    • profile image

      Karen 3 years ago

      Quick update. The tight band feeling in my groin has all but gone now which is fantastic. However the pressure in the pelvis ( like sitting on a ball) is still present. Hard to get comfortable. I am 6 weeks post op and my right leg is definately longer now. Did anyone else have that as well and if so did it go back to normal length after swelling went down. I am still using one critch to walk around. I limp if i dont use it. I'm still icing my thigh daily and doing the exercises. Don't have a Drs appointment for another two weeks.

      I hope you are all well on the way to recovery. :)

    • profile image

      Anthony8 3 years ago

      Marian,

      So sorry to hear about all the trouble you are having. Complications like that are rare, but when they happen to you, the odds go up to 100%! And I cannot believe the insensitivity you experienced - it's amazing the impact that fear can have on folks. But it sounds like you are on the road back. I believe you will one day be happy with your decision. I hope that comes sooner rather than later. Keeps us posted.

      Pam,

      So happy to hear the pains are disappearing as you are gaining strength. It sounds like you are doing PT diligently and I think that is 90% predictive of a positive outcome - good for you.

      Great to see so many of you posting...it's always a better support system when a larger number of people share their experiences. Keep it up! :-)

      btw, I've been battling some sciatica the past few weeks - unrelated to the hip, but the pain has radiated down my operated leg and brought back bad memories of what the pain was like, pre-op. I just keep moving and hitting the gym and stretching and it is working out. Today was my best day yet, so I think it will clear up soon. Funny thing, this pain only vanishes when I stand and walk - what a difference from where I was 15 months ago!

      Tony

    • profile image

      Pam Dutton 3 years ago

      Just popping in for a quick update. I'm one month post surgery now and couldn't be happier. The popping in my muscle that I experienced for first couple weeks is gone. I have not taken one single pain pill or needed the pain pump in the hospital (bragging a bit...sorry!). I'm going to start at an out patient PT facility next week. I've been doing my exercises at home and walking on my treadmill 2-3 times a day. I've been walking about 3/4 of a mile per day, done in a few sessions. Other days we walk at the local mall. My follow up with my surgeon is Jan. 23 so I still haven't been driving till I go back to him but that's about the only thing I can't do. I actually misplaced my cane in the house somewhere and we haven't been able to find it for a couple days so I guess I don't really need it anymore. If anyone needs a surgeon recommendation in Cleveland, OH, let me know.

    • profile image

      Shishka Bob 3 years ago

      MarianJane: I'm praying and keeping good thoughts coming your way. So sorry to hear of the complications to your recovery, and I hope that both you and your husband have the hard part behind you (I think you do!). Keep doing your moment exercises and rehab exercises to the extent you can. Remember that moving is the best healing activity that you can do. Every movement you do is therapeutic. If your doctor agrees, try using Acetaminophen (ie, Tylenol) instead of the opiate-based pain meds ... lots of people feel better on this. Keep going and stay in touch here.

    • profile image

      MarianJane 3 years ago

      I had a THR Nov. 18 and it has been the most awful experience of my life. I was doing ok in Rehab until I developed a contagious antibiotic resistant infection (VRE). I had no idea what this was. The Rehab did not handle it well. I was isolated and felt like I was an outsider. Many were so ignorant of this infection (Including me) they would run if they even they caught a glimpse of me going to PT. I was barely even spoken to by anyone. I was sent home for the holidays on a med that did not clear it and had to be seen by nice Home Heathcare nurses. But there were so many problems with this infection, I felt like I was going to have a nervous breakdown.

      So far the infection has cleared up. I have to have monthly urine cultures for 6 months to make sure it is completely gone. I had to take one pill of Zyvox at $150 a pill for 2 weeks to clear it so far. Insurance paid this time.

      Trying to recover while going through this has been emotionally draining for me and my husband. With God's help. I am beginning to walk. The pain was bad for awhile and I finally have been able to cut back my meds.

      But nothing prepared me for the emotional aspect of all this. Even without the infection, I fee my Rehab was very uncaring and unfriendly.

    • profile image

      Karen 3 years ago

      Thanks Allison. I thought it was due the the invasion they have to do and I tried to call both my surgeon and my GP but they were both on holidays for their Christmas break. Plus I have stopped taking a those awful drugs so maybe I am getting feeling back again. Looking forward to getting back to "normal" in a few months :))

    • profile image

      Allison 3 years ago

      Karen, I"m not sure about the "tight band" as I never had that, but the "sitting on a lump" thing is very, very common and nothing to worry about. We here call it the "gun at your hip" feeling, or something along those lines. That can take awhile to go away completely, but it gets better, and you get used to it. It's just because they moved so many muscles and what not during surgery that it takes things quite awhile to get back to normal.

    • profile image

      Karen 3 years ago

      Great feedback from every one. My surgery was dec 13th 2013 ( a Friday ). Recovery is going well and I haven't read the discomfort I have started to feel at 4 weeks out. When lying in bed, I feel like I have a tight band around my groin and also that I am sitting on a hard lump. This is not present when standing or walking just sitting or lying down. Anyone else had a similar experience??

    • profile image

      Shiska Bob 3 years ago

      Thank you JanVA.

      I'm going to slow things down.

    • profile image

      JanVA 3 years ago

      Shishka Bob:

      I had right hip replacement Nov. 12th. I was doing well and then started with an IT band problem (muscle on right of right leg from hip to knee). I still have that and now have the tightness with a muscle at top left of leg down from groin. It is tight and after I have knee bent for awhile it pains when trying to straighten my leg. It does not cramp. The things PT does is massage the muscle, which really hurts and the exercise that is easing it is to stand and bend your knee and bring leg up behind you. One Phy Therapist said hold for 15 seconds to lengthen the muscle. The other Phy Therapist has me lay on stomach and has something to pull leg up in back and she wants me to hold it for 30 seconds, 3 times a set. This has lessened the pain but it is still there.

    • profile image

      Shishka Bob 3 years ago

      Holy crap! Am I having cramps! It seems to be one set of muscles with the cramp in my inner thigh up near my groin. Doing certain PT exercises triggers it, and I have to catch it really early as it tightens and find a certain position to relax the muscle so the cramp fades. If I don't catch it early it is really painful!

      Anyone who has followed my light-speed recovery will recognize the obvious: I had crazy ideas about how fast I would recover and I'm pushing things (My predictions were realized and I'm off the cane at day 17). No doubt this is a component of this problem, but the questions are as follows: Has anyone else had this happen? And does anyone have any suggestions?

    • profile image

      Pam Dutton 3 years ago

      Thanks so much, Tony. My leg has been popping a lot less as it gets stronger, you were right! I've learned what movements cause it more too so I think I'm able to better prevent it. I'm a couple days short of three weeks post surgery and have discarded the cane around the house, but I'm still using it for the mall laps. Not quite strong enough to go without it yet there without a noticeable limp. I would recommend this surgery to anyone suffering hip pain and just wish I'd done it sooner.

      After surgery, my surgeon said my hip was so awful he can't understand how I was even walking. So needless to say, I feel like I just got my life back!

    • profile image

      Anthony8 3 years ago

      Hi Pam,

      I have experienced muscle pain in the thigh - a few times quite crippling - but never associated with a "popping". It felt like a weakness and my leg gave out a bit. I found that rather than resting, it helped if I exercised through the pain and after the muscle warmed up, the pain would go away. It was weird.

      It still happens occasionally - in fact, it happened today. I'm not even sure it is linked to the THR in my case. Overall, I consider myself a 10 out of 10, so no complaints. I'm betting as you work through your PT regimen in the coming weeks, those sorts of things will diminish, if not disappear altogether. The fact that the doc is not worried is the key. Keep us posted and congrats on your awesome recovery so far!

      Tony

    • profile image

      Pam Dutton 3 years ago

      I had THR two weeks ago and have had absolutely no pain at all for which I am very thankful. Got staples out yesterday and graduated from walker to cane. Have been doing laps around half of our mall once a day for last 4 days. Had home nurse, PT and OT. Will just be continuing with PT from now on. Now for my question...has anyone experienced a popping of a muscle or tendon in their operated leg? Not in my hip joint but mid-thigh. Sometimes when putting weight on or taking weight off my leg. Feels like something popping out of place and back in. More frightening than super painful but definitely uncomfortable. Happened first time two days post-surgery while getting ready to leave hospital. Once they determined it wasn't in the joint, no one seems concerned about it. Happens a few times each day, sometimes worse than others. I try to put pressure on that area with my hand when getting up or down tot ray to prevent it. Just wondering if anyone else has had this happen?

    • profile image

      Anthony8 3 years ago

      I'm stumped! :-) But I can't wait to hear the solution to the mystery! Let us know when you know, Peter.

      Tony

    • profile image

      Vivbin uk 3 years ago

      Hi Peter, I too had a posterior hip replacement in the UK some 15 months ago. Am also a holder of the bus pass!! But no rail tracks on my leg. So not a British phenomena. Sounds like some sort of clamp as you say, before they hammer you!! Glad to hear all has gone well. Fascinated to hear what you GP has to say. All the best, Vivien

    • profile image

      Peterport 3 years ago

      Hi Tony, yes, tramlines definitely imprinted on leg during surgery. The big question is, HOW? My best guess is that some form of leg support in the form of a jig, tool, device, whatever, was tightly fixed to the leg to give support during the whacking with the big hammer to fix the socket firmly into place. What do you think? Peter.

    • profile image

      Anthony8 3 years ago

      Hi Peter,

      Can I assume those marks have been present since surgery? I have no idea what they could be, unless they either used some equipment during surgery that caused them or marked your leg with some indelible marker as a guide - but both of those theories are pure conjecture.

      Make sure to let us know what they are when you find out from your doctor. Curious minds want to know! :-0

      Tony

      p.s. Congrats on getting your life back!

    • profile image

      Peterport 3 years ago

      Hi all, just read my first post and realise it's a bit lacking in detail. I am a 76 year old living in the UK and 4 weeks ago (01.12.13) had the Posterior Approach THR. The two lines I mentioned are like rail tracks and are just over 1" appart. They start just under the bottom of the main operation enrty scar and go right down to my kneecap! At first glance they look like great long twin scars

    • profile image

      Peter 3 years ago

      Hi, I had the operation 4 weeks ago and all is going well. The only problem is that I have two paralell lines about 1 inch appart that run from the bottom of the main operation scar right down to my knee! They are on the outside of the leg and look like old scars, but on close inspection, well, I just can't work out what they are.

      Any comments?

    • profile image

      Anthony8 3 years ago

      Hey Bob,

      Thanks so much for sharing your experience in such great detail. Sounds like you are doing really well! Tripping and falling must have been sooo scary - I hopped out of my truck onto my op-leg by mistake early on and i felt a funny sensation throughout my whole body - I thought I had damaged the joint, but thankfully did not.

      I had a similar experience on the pain meds. I begged them to stop them the day after surgery and felt much better after that. On the meds, I felt groggy and and was just disconnected. People were in my room talking in normal voices and it seemed like they were screaming.

      I was in so much pain before surgery that I had almost no pain at all after - actually, they said my body had reset my pain threshold so I simply couldn't feel the pain I was having. I didn't care much about the reason, but was happy with the result! Can't believe I am almost 14 months post-op now. The left leg will have to be done at some point, but I will have no trepidation about it.

      I tried driving at two weeks and could do it fine. You will get exponentially better with PT. Good luck and keep us posted.

      Tony

    • profile image

      Shiska Bob 3 years ago

      Because my experiences have been a departure from what I find posted here I wanted to give a recap so that others who follow will understand going in that everyone is different and everyone may have different experiences:

      Surgery Monday, 12/23 @ 10:00 am: Up and walking with the walker by 7:00 pm. Pain: 8/10. Passed out on the toilet, primarily due to morphine 1/2 hr. earlier.

      Tuesday, 12/24: Pain: 7/10. Up walking 2x with the walker as far as I wanted and urged by staff to cool it. Did stairs with PT using just the cane and hand rail. Walking felt G O O D and is healing. One more dose of morphine and it was clear to me that it was impeding my capacity to feel good. By now on Celebrex and Xarelto, augmented by acetaminophen.

      Wed., 12/25: Merry Christmas. Pain: 5/10. It occurred to me that I had gotten a gift that I had to hire a guy to open for me. Discharged around 12:00 noon. Went to a pharmacy to fill my Rxs and Anthem Blue Cross denied the Celebrex. What a bunch of gangster punks. Went to a family Christmas party for a couple hours, and a nice nap. Went home tired, grateful, well-fed, and resigned that I was going to have to make it on Acetaminophen.

      Thursday, 12/26: Pain: 2/10. Tripped and fell over some clutter. Caught myself on a table which allowed me to somewhat control the effects of gravity and stupidity. Make a mental note: Ya gotta compensate for gravity and stupidity. The 3 seconds it took me to hit the ground was the scariest thing I have experienced since Monday. I could have completely destroyed my femur. I experienced no injury. God is awesome. I have no other explanation.

      Friday, 12/27, 9:00 pm. Pain: 2/10. When the acetaminophen wears off the pain goes to a 4/10, and is a generalized, dull ache, mostly on the right (operated) side, and some aching throughout both legs. I've done errands the last couple of days, had good friends and family come by, but still managed to keep things calm and quiet.

      I really believe that I am doing as well as I am doing because I did not take opiate-based analgesics, and I moved my body sensibly both in bed and also while bearing weight. My choice not to use the opiates was based solely on the fact that I did not feel good on them. For those who think I might be naive to these meds please state your inquiry herein and I will post my email address so that we may correspond about my experience with Rx opiates.

      I will go to church on Sunday and return to my job Monday. I am a psychotherapist, so I can stay put for the entire workday, catch a nap if I get a no-show and/or on my lunch break. I will start formal PT next week.

      I made a good decision to get this done. There are many, many variables that can impact your results. I for one am truly lucky and truly blessed.

    • profile image

      Anthony8 3 years ago

      Bob,

      Congrats - sounds like you are doing great! Keep it up! :-)

      Merry Christmas and happy holidays to everyone!

      Tony

      p.s. Thanks, Viv...back at ya!

    • profile image

      Shiska Bob 3 years ago

      Sx yesterday. Up and walking last night. Tylenol only today. Discharge tomorrow. Merry Christmas!

    • profile image

      Vivbin uk 3 years ago

      Seasons greetings to fellow hipsters and all the best for 2014. Hope you are all doing well. Vivien

    • profile image

      Shiska Bob 3 years ago

      Admission set for 7:15 a.m. tomorrow. Here I go. Keep good thoughts, send healing vibes, and a prayer if ya got 'em.

    • profile image

      Anthony8 3 years ago

      Hi Sue,

      I experienced intermittent ghost pains all over both my legs at times after surgery, including the area you describe. They upset all kinds of hard and soft tissue, muscles, nerves, etc. and it can take a year or more for everything to heal completely. Also, we develop scar tissue during the healing process and that can cause pain as well.

      Although less likely, the other thing that could cause pain in that area is a blood clot, which could be serious. I would tell your doctors about it and see what they say. It seems like you are recovering really well, so it's probably nothing serious, but it is better to err on the side of caution. Good luck and keep us posted on your progress.

      Tony

    • profile image

      Sue 3 years ago

      I had a total hip replacement 4 months ago. Every thing went well. Walking immediately and after 2 weeks no longer used crutch or stick. About week ago began to experience shooting pains along the outside of my shin They are intermittent and last only seconds but are sharp and intense. Anyone else had this experience?

    • profile image

      JanVA 3 years ago

      Ellen:

      I am almost 6 weeks into healing from an anterior hip replacement. My Dr. had me before surgery and until my sixth week on Vitamin C, 2000 iu Vit D, and a multi vit with iron for my healing process. Also there is a medical protein powder that is good and it is called Unjury. I came across this at Dr.'s office and have been using it once or twice a day to help with the protein and amino acids. It tastes wonderful and I am happy to say it is made in the town I live. With 1st order they send a page with info to get automatically monthly with discount. I am not involved with this Company - just so you know. I have been off pain pills for 5 weeks and only take Tylenol when needed - am having a little knee pain from my unused replaced hip leg.

    • profile image

      Anthony8 3 years ago

      P.S. You are gonna want to stay out of the pool until your incision is completely healed - you need to minimize all risks of infection and any open wounds need to be dealt with carefully.

    • profile image

      Anthony8 3 years ago

      Hi Ellen,

      I hope some others chime in here, but if you are 4 weeks out, I am a bit surprised you are still on pain meds, especially a narcotic like Vicodin. Some discomfort during healing is normal and will be a part of your life for awhile, but an occasional Tylenol or similar OTC remedy should be enough.

      I assume your surgical staples were removed at 2 weeks or so and that your incision is healing well. A healthy, well-balanced diet will promote healing: lean proteins, vegetables and fruits, etc. You can search for post-surgery diet suggestions online.

      I won't repeat all the things that worked for me as you can read through the posts, but PT was critical in my quick healing - try to keep moving. I bet you will do great, especially if you were fit before your hip deteriorated. Keep us posted!

      Tony

    • profile image

      Ellen 3 years ago

      I'm 4 weeks out from anterior hip replacement and LOVE reading comments from others who have been through the same ordeal. I am a very healthy person who (used to, anyway) swim 1 hour a day. I would like to ask……1..Are there specific vitamins/foods which are especially good for healing? 2. When can I go into the pool? 3. What pain meds do people take in you want to get off the Vicodin. (narcotic)

      Thank you so much

    • profile image

      Anthony8 3 years ago

      hey bob,

      i agree with others who have said that 1 week is a bit optimistic to be driving...but if all goes well, you may be able to return to work in a couple of weeks. the biggest restraint may be your doc, who may not clear you to drive or lift other restrictions until your follow-up appt., which may not be until several weeks after surgery - you may want to ask your doc about that now. generally, the posterior approach results in more restrictions.

      i had the anterior, and was "able" to drive after two weeks, but not cleared until my 5 week follow-up. one thing you may want to consider is starting pt now to build some strength in your legs before surgery...i did this and it greatly reduced my recovery time. my hip was really bad, but the pt reduced my pain and made it easier to do pt after the surgery. i highly recommend this.

      we all recover differently, so don't get discouraged...i recovered quickly, but was still using a walking aid at week 8...i am one year out now, and have 100% functionality with no pain at all. you're gonna feel like a new man! best of luck!

      Tony

    • profile image

      Allison 3 years ago

      Mischa, yes, we seem to be in very similar situations. I had my surgery in Feb. 2013, at age 29. (I'm 30 n0w) and, like you, have passed on information to people much older than me. It is a bit odd, isn't it?

      I'm doing amazingly well, actually. No pain, except for the occational twinge, and I'm back doing more than I've EVER done before. Like you, I'm up to walking just over 3 miles, though it takes me an hour and a half! :) My goal is to complete a 5K. I've got the distance down, just need to work on speed.

      I'm in a huge Christmas production at my church that involves dancing on stage (granted, more just musical choreography... No ballet or tap or anything like that) and I'm really not having any problems with that. I'm SO glad I did it when I did, even though I'm very young for the surgery. And it helps to know there are other people out there in a similar situation, and that I can share my experience with others to let them know they are not alone.

    • profile image

      Mischa 3 years ago

      Hi Bob, I would agree with what Allison says re. expectations. I didn't come out of hostpital until day 5 (I know in America it seems to be shorter) and by a week there's no way I would have been able to work or drive! I was still working on getting in and out of beds and chairs safely, learning what I could and couldn't do etc., and on plenty of painkillers, so honestly I'd say that where you'd like to be by that point is unrealistic and potentially unsafe. You have to be so careful with angles etc. at that stage that moving around a lot just isn't a good idea. I hope that doesn't sound negative or anything, but it is a big op. Let us know how you get on :)

      How're you doing now Allison? I think we had ours at a similar time, and are also a similar age! I'm still having physio to get more range and flexibility in mine, and to build the muscles at the back, but am generally doing pretty well. I've been starting to go on walks again, and can do about 3 miles now without being uncomfortable. I know I'd be doing a lot better if I'd done more physio, so am trying to get back to doing it regularly to get more strength up.

      Lol, my grandma had one last week and it feels weird passing on advice to her when she's 87 and I'm 31!! x

    • profile image

      Allison 3 years ago

      Going back to work and driving within a week most likely won't happen. Personally, I had mine in Feb. 2013, had a VERY smooth recovery, and I was still out of work for 8 weeks and the same for driving. However, I think that's mostly because my first follow-up appointment wasn't until 8 weeks. It really depends on your doctor, and how you recover. I think 6 weeks and sometimes even 4 weeks is closer to the norm. But one week probably won't happen. However, I think 1 and 4 are certainly reasonable. But don't be surprised if there are setbacks. Does anyone else want to chime in? It seems that the standards very, depending on where you live too. UK and US standards seem to be different, for example.

    • profile image

      Shiska Bob 3 years ago

      Duh! I meant to say POSTERIOR. I'm having posterior approach.

    • profile image

      Shiska Bob 3 years ago

      Hi:

      New here. Appreciative of the wisdom here.

      Anterior RTHR Surgery is scheduled for 12/23/13 and I am really looking forward to it. I'm 56. My right leg is weak from limping, favoring, etc. since my injury about 4 years ago when I fell on ice and drove the femoral head into the socket. The socket is shot. I am a psychotherapist so I sit all day. I have a car with an automatic transmission.

      So here are some of my idiotic post-op expectations:

      1: Everything will go well.

      1. I will be able to return to work after a week.

      2. I will be able to drive myself to work.

      3. I will work my butt off (no pun intended) taking advantage of all PT and exercise.

      How ridiculous am I being?

    • profile image

      Anthony8 3 years ago

      Hi Maureen,

      The last time you posted, it was suggested you see a doctor right away. Have you done that? What did they say? What you are describing does not seem normal at all. I am certainly not a doctor, but I would strongly urge you to get to a doctor immediately, even if that means an emergency room. Swelling can be a sign of a serious complication, including infections, blood clots, etc and those can be dangerous. This is not the place to get medical advice. SEE A DOCTOR, PLEASE!

    • profile image

      Maureen 3 years ago

      15 weeks post op and i;m still in a lot of pain, my right leg is still very swollenall the way down to my ankle and my tummy feels swollen as well. Is this normal, thought i would be a lot better by now.

    • profile image

      Anthony8 3 years ago

      Hi Jennifer,

      Five weeks is very, very early in the healing process. Remember, your body has suffered a major trauma. I felt all different kinds of pains that came and went in a matter of minutes or hours or days or weeks. None of mine proved to be anything that required attention, but that was just my experience. I hope others will weigh in here.

      It never hurts to ask the doc - you know your body better than anyone else and if something feels wrong, get it checked. Certainly if the pain persists or gets worse or you see signs of infection, etc., you should see your doctor as soon as possible.

      Hope you feel better soon!

      Tony

    • profile image

      Jennifer 3 years ago

      Five weeks out from a hip revision and pain switched from a muscle recovery pain to a dull achy bone pain. Thoughts?

    • profile image

      Anthony8 3 years ago

      Hi Maureen,

      It is common to have an infection in the incision area, which could cause the pain and swelling you are describing. It can be treated effectively with antibiotics, but the sooner you start the regimen, the better and the less likely it will cause any complications.

      I would see a doctor right away and let them diagnose and treat the issue. You don't want a possible infection getting into the joint where it is more difficult to treat. Good luck and please let us know how you make out.

      Tony

    • profile image

      maureen 3 years ago

      11 weeks ago I had a right hip replaced, this week I'm having a lot of pain around my hip and my scar area seems quite swollen. Can someone please ease my concerns.

    • profile image

      Anthony8 3 years ago

      Hi William,

      Thanks so much for sharing what you are going through. I think there are as many different experiences post-op as there are patients and surgeries. It seems like no two of us experience the exact same thing.

      It is good that you had the hip x-rayed and everything looks good. Let's assume that is the case - that there is nothing wrong with the actual joint. If so, it is likely that your pain is being caused by something going on in the soft tissue - muscles and nerves are the most likely suspects. I am not a doctor, so anything I say is simply one person's opinion.

      I have told the story here about how I was progressing nicely in my recovery and about 5 months post-op, I started experiencing something very similar to what you are describing. I had pain when I walked in the front of my hip and the front of my thigh muscle. I was limping again after not having limped for some time. I wasn't sure what to do - I started resting and that wasn't helping. So, I went back to my PT to see what they thought.

      They said that it didn't appear anything was wrong with my joint (although I would need an x-ray to confirm that), but when they did their eval, there was still weakness in certain muscles and they felt I needed to get back to doing my PT exercises as I needed to stretch the muscles out and strengthen them.

      They advised me rather than rest, to continue working the leg out at the gym. I took their advice and the pain continued - it was an off and on thing - I'd walk fine for several steps and then it felt like my leg would give out and there would be pain. It seemed every time I walked into the gym, I limped in.

      Funny thing though. Once I was no longer afraid that I was doing damage by exercising, I did it more vigourously, and for instance after 5 minutes on the treadmill where I would have to hold onto the rails, the pain would disappear! The faster I walked, the better it felt. This went on for some weeks. I'd limp into the gym, start working out limping and sooner or later the pain would disappear. Rather than just doing one machine, I did several - elliptical, bike, rower, treadmill, etc. Eventually, the leg strengthened and whatever was causing it must have resolved.

      Now, it's gone. I do have "ghost pains" here and there - kind of quirky, but I don't worry about them and simply work through them and they go away. Of course, this is just me and may not apply to you or anyone else, but it might. We have had our legs virtually cut off and the muscles, nerves etc. may take a long time to get back to where they were and even then there will be scar tissue to deal with.

      I'm 54 and I think we also have to be realistic that at our age, even without hip problems and surgery, we would have pain here and there due to the normal aging process. I don't mean to minimize your pain - pain sucks and it is disappointing when we don't recover the way we hoped we would. At 18 months, you have every right to expect not to be hobbled. I just want to say that as bad as the pain is,the problem and the solution may not be as tough as they feel right now.

      I keep harping on seeing a PT if you haven't seen one lately to be re-evaluated - the good ones know the soft tissue issues and what to do about it. And try to expand the range of exercises you do so you are working the entire leg - sometimes strengthening only one set of muscles, can cause relative weakness in others and lead to pain.

      Hope this gives you some food for thought. Keep us posted on your progress. We all benefit from knowing there are others experiencing the same things we are! :-)

      Tony

    • profile image

      WilliamJ87 3 years ago

      It is good to know that I am not the only one suffering after hip replacement.

      I am 55, tall and quite active. The surgery went fine (the surgeon is highly regarded) and post op went really well. However, 18 months down the line I am having problems. Walkng is painful and often becomes more of a hobble. No problems at any other time, only when walking-pain at the front of the hip, in the groin and upper thigh.

      I have lost weight and been using the gym regularly, (only being careful to not put excessive stress or strain on the hip); I only use the rowing machine, exercise bike and cross-trainer. I went back to see the surgeon and he had the joint X-rayed. He said everything was fine and that I am big (6ft3ins) and active and that it can take 2 years for the pain to subside. I don't know what to do for the best, I have tried resting it and staying out of the gym, but walking itself is the problem. Occasionally, I have short periods when I can walk almost pain free, then later in the same day it is back.

    • profile image

      Anthony8 3 years ago

      Hi Rosehip,

      Thanks so much for your input. Sorry to hear you are having the problems you described. It is a good point to make that sometimes surgery goes wrong or there are complications that do not have a simple solution, like physical therapy.

      Luckily for most post-operative patients, the occurrences of those types of complications are relatively small. If we have followed the rules, our precautions, have done committed physical therapy for several months and are still experiencing significant issues, it may be related to a more serious problem. And if things just "don't feel right" - we know our bodies better than anyone - it is better to err on the side of caution and see your surgeon.

      Just remember, in the overwhelming majority of cases, some pain and discomfort during the first few months after surgery is a normal part of the healing process and that physical therapy and sensible exercise and movement will aid in your recovery.

      Tony

    • profile image

      rosehip19 3 years ago

      Don't wish to be a wet blanket, but readers should be aware that hefty doses of exercise are not always the answer to complete recovery. I had a hip replacement just over two years ago and am still having problems. Sharp pains up the front of the thigh; weakness and aching at the top of the leg. Since the op I have done 3/4 exercise sessions each week, but my consultant now thinks that the problem is that the socket part of the replacement is slightly too large for me and is causing constant irritation and inflammation in the soft tissues. This was more or less confirmed by a steroid injection which made the pain go away for one blissful month before it started up again :-(. Revision surgery is not really an option as it is always trickier and likely to cause more problems. So do be aware that, although exercising is always vital after a thr, it may not always have the desired effect.

    • profile image

      Anthony8 3 years ago

      Lu,

      Congrats on your surgery and for having the anterior approach. Sounds like you might be ahead of the normal recovery schedule, which is awesome!,

      If you google "physical therapy exercises for anterior hip replacements" you will find quite a bit of info. Don't know where you are, but here in New England PT visits cost about $75, and you could get an eval and exercise recommendations in one session. If you have the resources, it might be a good investment.

      The discomfort you are having sounds perfectly normal. Keep moving and that will gradually disappear. Good luck!

      Tony

    • profile image

      lu 3 years ago

      Add Your Comment..HI I just had an anterior total rt. hip 5 weeks ago. I only occasionally have a limp and am mobile without any assistive devices. I am doing my own therapy exercises at home because I guess where I live PT is not ordered after hip replacement for healthy cognitive aware people. I am having differing sensations in my hip ie lateral tenderness, sometimes a sharp zing when I stand and a lot of hip stiffness during the night and when I first awake in the morning. I am unsure if I need to increase my exercises, do different movements, or add resistance to the moves, I also am having a hard time finding specific limitations or do nots with the anterior approach. I have a history of running/ cycling/ bootcamp/ and am a certified yoga teacher.. Any suggestions on where I can find this info. I have asked my Dr. to send me to a PT so I can get some answers. He says lets wait for 8 -12 weeks. Thanks for any input.

    • profile image

      Anthony8 3 years ago

      Great to hear all is well Saundra! Congrats on being a bionic woman! :-)

      Nancy,

      Sounds like you are right where you should be! I was on crutches for two months. If you are walking with a limp, use a walking aid of some kind - even a cane or walking stick. I was told not to walk with a limp as it can mess up other things.

      As you continue with PT and the gym and the muscles strengthen, you will be able to walk short distances without a limp or an aid, but once you tire and start limping, use the aid. Eventually, you won't need it.

      The key is to work those muscles and then rest those muscles and be patient. I had some setbacks here and there, so don't get discouraged - I'd be walking fine and then all of a sudden my thigh muscle might hurt and I'd limp. This happened after several months, but it was very temporary and the fix for me was to exercise through it.

      Follow your precautions for the first 8-12 weeks - whatever the doc orders - but after that, unless you suffer an injury or trauma, odds are that you will not damage the joint by exercising. I have done no high impact stuff - just walking, elliptical, bike, swimming, etc and weight training and i feel like a 30-something year old again!

      Hang in there hippies!

      Tony

    • Saundra Davis profile image

      Saundra Davis 3 years ago from California

      Autumn greetings hippies! Yes I have been away for quite awhile and for the most part I'm doing week. For some context, I have two titanium hips (LTHR 2/2012 RTHR 10/2012) and recovery has been different (slower) for the RTHR but both have been uneventful for the most part. I just wanted to pop into report that I am preparing for a half marathon "gratitude" walk on 10/6 and would really appreciate you all sending me some positive energy on that day!

      I see there are many newbies and I just want to say you are in the right place. I know this can be tough...but keep on keeping on. There is nothing I can say that hasn't been offered. This group helped me through from beginning to end. I am grateful for you all.

      Be well...keep moving...

      Saundra

    • profile image

      NancyOOO 3 years ago

      This was so helpful.. I had my Right hip replaced 6 weeks ago. I'm still limping and feel very uneven... I'm wondering when I will even out? I have PT 3 times a week and started back at the gym on my own yesterday. I'm a choreographer so I need to heal quickly in order to work.

      Any feedback is appreciated..

    • profile image

      Anthony8 3 years ago

      Denise,

      I'm so sorry for the trouble you have had. At the risk of sounding like a broken record here, I believe he solution is committed and rigorous physical therapy. I limped after surgery and could not stand on one leg for more than a few seconds. It was the many, many exercises done daily for weeks and then months that strengthened the muscles that got rid of the pain and the limp.

      Recovering for many of us is hard work, but once you do that work, you WILL GET BETTER. I am almost 10 months out of surgery and I am still at the gym 3-4 days a week, because at age 54, the reality is that I have to keep moving if I want to keep moving. It is as simple as that.

      I have little doubt that you are limping because your muscles are weak - they got weak before surgery when you were having pain and favoring the affected leg, and then some were cut during surgery. Rebuilding those muscles will require specific exercises that can only be prescribed by a PT after evaluating you in their office. DO IT!

      It took me months of hard work, but I now feel 100% normal with no limp and no pain. You will feel that way too. I will be your cheerleader! :-) Let us know how you make out at PT.

      Tony

    • profile image

      glen68 3 years ago

      hey guys, thanks for the responses, all your info is fabulous , im going to have to get it done, ive had enough, so many various forms of pain, leg , buttocks, groin, shin, back , hip joint, other side is hurting also , im guessing due to carrying bad side etc ,,,,,, im just over it , no one enjoys a operation, i can deal with that, but bones cut and replacement parts put in is a tad icky to me ,,,,,,,,,,, oh well sadly i have no other avenue to go down but suffering !!!!!!!!!!! :(

    • profile image

      Barry 3 years ago

      Denise,I had pain for a while down the side if I walked on a hard surface,grass was OK.But the main 2 excercises I was given helped me.I dont know if you have been doing these, Stand facing towards a table or high backed chair feet together and move your leg sideways and then bring it back together,in other words swing your leg sideways.I was told to start of with about 6,but found it very easy and would do as many as I could ,but do not do it to the point of too much pain,also same thing but forward and back,so you will have to stand at the end of a table to allow you to do this...I hope you can understand this.It strengthen the muscles,and it worked for me,but it depends why you are limping is there pain in your side to cause you to limp, I did have pain around my hip after walking say 500 yards,and it helped me immensly,but I did not limp generally on walking around the house or work etc.This may help...but your problem may not be the same as mine...The main thing is what is causing you to limp,is the pain in the hip or elsewhere,also if you look through the previous comments many people have written may also help you, Many nerves are cut during the Op,and can take quite some time to repair.but it seems you are about 9 months after surgery so it does seem a long time but many people take a year plus to get over it.some heal quicker than others, I hope this may help you..

      Barry

    • profile image

      Denise 3 years ago

      Someone please help me! I had right hip replacement in January and I'm still limping, can't squat very much and I'm not able to put my socks on! I'm an ER nurse going back to work on Monday and I'm petrified. I had very little PT. The answer to everything was walk more and use the pool. It's not the same. I'm still limping and people at work wonder why it has taken me this long to recover. I still have discomfort mainly because of the implant. At what point am I going to get better? I read about people cycling, running, etc and I can't tie my shoelaces...I can't walk without limping. This was the worse decision. I almost lost my job because I've been gone for so long. I'm gonna have to work for twelve hours straight and it will be hard. Advice please!

    • profile image

      Anthony8 3 years ago

      I didn't have the sunburn pain, but did have some numbness on the side of my leg, which seems to be just about gone now. So, I think the nerve does simply take time to heal or regrow or whatever it does.

      As for pain getting in and out of the car, etc., I cannot emphasize enough the importance of physical therapy on recovery and functionality. The more you do the prescribed exercises and keep moving, the more your muscles will begin returning to normal function and those phantom pains will slowly disappear. In my opinion, this rehab work is the most important thing you can do to maximize the extent and speed of your recovery.

      Tony

    • profile image

      Barry 3 years ago

      Glen, I had my op Dec 2011, I was 64 at the time ,fairly fit ,after 6 weeks I could drive,I had to be careful how I got in and out...just in case but soon got over the fear...I did not have much pain after 6 weeks and I had the posterior approach... I agree what Anthony says.I was scared to have it done,but the pain became so bad..I got to the point where I did not care,As I thought it could not be worse than the pain I had...It took me 2 years from the initial diagnosis to finally have it done,but I do not have any problem,and you will be very unfortunate if you do.I played golf after only 3 months and had no problem,although I find it much better walking on Grass,than a hard surface.After you have the Op within 2 days no pain in the hip,only surgical pain,which gradually goes .I also did not have a lot of PT only a few minor excercises I did at home..so pluck up the courage and go and get it done.I also think if you have a good surgeon it is better.He told me I did not bleed a lot and the incision was small I went to a hospital that just specialises in Joints,so they were doing them daily.I was only in hospital for 3 days

      Barry

    • profile image

      steve 3 years ago

      I have felt much better. I can walk hike bend etc. It has been four months. It still hurts to pick my l leg up and get into the car or just to pick up my new leg. Does this go away and how long will it take? Steve

    • profile image

      JMF 3 years ago

      I am now just shy of 4 weeks since my right THR - anterior approach. My hip feels pretty good, but still have swelling in my foot / ankle area if I walk around too much without resting. The real problem I am having is a tingling sensation in the front / outer side of my thigh. The front feels almost like sunburn, but the side is also numb. The doctor says it is caused by a nerve that may have been damaged due to the surgery. Since nerves grow very slowly, it may take up to a year for that sensation to go away. He started me on a low dose of Gabapentin that he says may provide some relief. Has anyone else had this happen to them? If so, how did you deal with it? Icing doesn't do anything for it, and its really frustrating because the hip itself is coming along well.

      Thanks for any feedback - Judy

    • profile image

      Anthony8 3 years ago

      Glen,

      THR and cataract surgery are the two surgeries with the highest satisfaction rate. If your arthritic hip is affecting your quality of life, I would highly recommend finding a great surgeon and having it done. I was crippled for years and I have my life back.

      Barring some unusual complication, you should be able to resume driving your truck again once you heal. In fact, I just bought a new truck that I have to climb into and jump out of - no problem at all. I am 54 and feel 25 again. I cannot even tell by function or pain, which hip was operated on! The key is a good surgeon, and committing to some serious pre and post-surgical physical therapy.

      If you can find a surgeon that uses the anterior approach, I recommend that, since there are fewer precautions and folks seem to heal a bit quicker. That is the approach that was used on me.

      I have some arthritis in my other (left) hip but am not having pain or being slowed down by it yet, but I guarantee that once it starts bothering me, I will not hesitate to have it replaced. Good luck and if you have any questions, shoot 'em at us. :-)

      Tony

      having the surger

    • profile image

      glen68 3 years ago

      hi, great forum , ive got a worn left arthritic hip, right one has a bit also,,,,,,im scared shitless about getting it done and any hassles from it etc,,,,,,,,,,i have driven trucks etc all my life, can i still do that or is it a career change time,,, id love to change careers but at 46 and not being a office or study type , what hope is there ? im trying some study now but my memory , attention span and study skills are shocking,,, plus im finding my eyes are finally playing up a tad , love some feedback ??? :0)

    • profile image

      Anthony8 3 years ago

      Hi Guys,

      Everyone must be doing well, as there have been so few posts lately! I just passed my 10-month mark and I am completely healed. My operated right hip is my better hip now. The left hip has some arthritis and some occasional pain, but nothing yet that is slowing me down.

      Still doing 3-4 days a week at the gym and am more functional than i have been in 20 years - my life has been transformed by the surgery. I attended an annual country fair a few weeks ago - last year I needed crutches to move around the same event!

      I will keep checking in here, as I'd love to help other hip patients the way so many great folks helped me! :-)

      Tony

    • profile image

      JMF 3 years ago

      Thanks for your input Tony! It's hard to believe that my replaced hip is now referred to as "my good hip," so I am looking forward to getting this next one replaced. Knowing that the anterior approach is less painful is especially good news! I am a very active person - I live in the mountains and like to hike a lot but it is so painful now - so I look forward to getting that part of my life back. I will keep you posted!

    • profile image

      Allison 3 years ago

      Well, today marks six months since my hip replacement surgery.... Certainly not something I was expecting to have to do before I turned 30. I've been doing really well. Pretty much NO pain except for the occasional twinge, and I'm walking better than I have in over 2 years. Even the therapists, nurses, doctor, and doctors assistants were amazed at my recovery. I'm pretty much totally back to normal. I can put on shoes and socks, tie my shoes, etc. My next goal (though I've been horrible about actually training for it) is to do a 5K at some point! (walking, perhaps some jogging. But mostly walking).

      It’s hard for me to believe that it’s been six months. Oddly enough it seems both a short and long time ago. Short because I find it hard to believe I’m doing so well in just six months, and long because when I look at all I’ve done since then (recovery, turning 30, attending writing conference and going thorugh security for the first time with my new hip :), helping with a children’s musical at my church, etc.) I can’t believe I’ve done all of that in only six months…. Seems like longer.

      I still plan to check in on here every so often.

    • profile image

      Anthony8 3 years ago

      Hey JMF,

      I haven't had both, but I did have an anterior approach, right THR 9 months ago (November 7, 2012). The main benefits of this approach are that there are fewer precautions post-surgery, which helps with rehab and functioning. There is also less risk of dislocation. They go between the muscles and don't cut as much muscle, so in general, the recovery can be quicker as well.

      I have been going to the gym 3-4 days a week since the first week of January, and have not used a walking aid since then. I had a horrible hip - avascular necrosis, etc. and still recovered rather quickly and had almost no pain at all. Hopefully, you will have a similar experience.

      Good luck, and I hope others weigh in here to share their experiences. Keep us posted on your progress.

      Tony

    • profile image

      JMF 3 years ago

      I am scheduled for anterior approach THR - right side - one week from today. I had a THR - posterior approach on my left hip 2 years ago - and it has done great. Any words of advice for how this surgical approach will be different for recovery? My doctor tells me that it will be less painful as fewer muscles are involved, but I would like to hear from folks who have been through both to give me their thoughts. Thanks!

    • profile image

      Anthony8 3 years ago

      Hi Hevenlymom,

      Sorry for the delay - don't know where we all went for the last month - must be summer vacations! :-)

      I recovered pretty quickly from right THR last November, but needed help when I got home - I did not go to rehab, but rather went straight home on day 3 after surgery. I raised the couch and my son welded me a device I could use to lift myself up, like the triangle thingy they have over hospital beds.

      So, I was able to get up by myself, but for the first few days, my wife slept on the loveseat in case I needed help in the middle of the night. You don't want to trip and fall and set yourself back getting up to use the bathroom. As a guy, I was able to use urinals so I didn't have to get up every time I had to pee, but you won't have that luxury. Maybe some women will weigh in with their experiences.

      You are in much better shape than I was in pre-surgery with all the biking you are able to do, so I am betting you will fare well and recover quickly. If you go from the hospital to a rehab for several days, you might be able to go home alone after that, but I wouldn't count on doing everything alone 2-3 days after surgery. Keep in touch and let us know how you are doing!

      Tony

    • profile image

      hevenlymom 3 years ago

      hello to everyone, I have been following posts from Labrum tear repair and fai but since that failed...I now have a new favorite place :) So long story short... I had surgery in Jan. 2013 but it failed and left me with bone on bone severe OA of RT hip. My hip has officially taken over my life! New doctor doing a Minimally invasive posterior replacement. I guess he will be slicing the glute, small incision. So it will be 6 months when I get my new one. I am beginning to think I will be crazy forever! I cry a lot now days. I am actually happy the time is near. I hope it all works out. I have been riding my bike 20 miles a day about 4 days a week. It is getting hard to do but it doesn't hurt as much as going to the grocery store or cleaning house. It is probably helping my mental state too. I live alone though and I am worried about that. Can anyone tell me if I will be able to manage alone when I get out of the hospital. I have been working hard to get my house ready but there will be something I forget, I am sure. Wish me luck all. I love reading the posts. Thanks Jen I am 58 but very active hope I get a second chånce.

    • profile image

      Anthony8 3 years ago

      Hi Az,

      Sorry it took so long to respond. I'm a few days away from being 8 months out and although I think I am 100% healed, I still find myself limping at times. For me, it is more of a habit than a necessity. I limped so much for so long, and it was so necessary for me to limp to reduce the debilitating pain, that I still unconsciously limp at times. Once I become conscious of what I am doing, I can stop it and walk completely normally without pain - I know it's weird! :-)

      Now, I know I was still limping about as long as you have been, by necessity. I got over it by going to the gym and walking on the treadmill and using the weight training machines. At 8 weeks, I could walk at 2.2 mph while holding onto the rails, at 9 weeks I could walk while holding the rails 2/3 of the time, at three weeks, 1/3 of the time, etc. I would only walk as fast as I could without limping - and would only let go of the rails when I could do it without limping. I had to train myself to walk without a limp, even if that meant using an aid. I did not allow myself to walk with a limp. Btw, I was and still am going to the gym 3 to 4 days a week. Now I walk without a limp at 4 mph without ever holding on.

      It takes time, patience and a dedication to exercise and building your strength back, but it will happen - I'm betting you will be walking without a limp again very soon. good luck!

      Tony

    • profile image

      azhippi 4 years ago

      question for you all. I am 51 years old now 17 weeks out total right hip and still have lots of pain when coming off of doing one leg standing on my right leg .

      are any of you still experiencing that? I still limp and very nervous about going back to work where I walk all day.. 12 hrs/day. doing 3 days a week of PT and had dry needling to wake up my muscles that are still so tight and it seems to help some. when did most of you stop limping? i can live with being alitle stiff after sitting but this limp has to go.

    • profile image

      Toots UK 4 years ago

      Charlotte, I wept all day on about day 4! I wept on the physios, the porter who took me for X-ray, the radiographer, the nurse assistant who brought my drugs..... I was surrounded by soggy tissues. I kept apologising and weeping and apologising. I don't know where it all came from. Nobody told me you get baby blues after having a new hip. But I think it was a combination of pain, after-effects of anaesthetic and wanting my mum (and I'm a grandma!). I've forgiven myself since. Be kind to yourself! Recovery is full of ups and downs.

    • profile image

      Robert 4 years ago

      Hi Charlotte, I too had considerable pain for the first six weeks. Take your pain meds as directed. And buy psyllium powder and follow direc. Mix in juice ....

    • profile image

      rosehip19 4 years ago

      Well, it is all of 21 months (yes, months!) since my hip replacement, and I think finally there is light at the end of the tunnel. I have never been pain-free in all that time and my surgeon decided that the problem was that the socket part of the replacement was slightly too large for my body, and that consequently the protruding bit was causing a constant irritation and inflammation in the the muscles and tendons. Argh! Hiring a personal trainer has helped tremendously, as she has been concerned with general muscle development, stability, posture and confidence. This time last week I had an ultrasound-guided steroid injection in the top of my thigh. And I am almost totally comfortable! Whoopee! I can now move my leg from the brake to the accelerator in the car without lifting it over manually. Not the safest way to drive. I still have bursitis in both hips, but can cope with that now. Things can only get better! Fingers crossed for me, folks.

      And Charlotte - believe me we have all been there. It is very early days for you and I can promise you that all the symptoms you have will fade in time. Do accept as much help as is offered and be kind to yourself.

    • profile image

      Mischa 4 years ago

      Hi Charlotte, the first thing I would say is to give yourself a break! It's only been... 5 days since your op? I only got out of hospital on day 4 (as do most people in UK - I think maybe it's less in US?) and everything felt very difficult and precarious. Even going to the bathroom felt like a massive effort. It does get better, but it's not an overnight thing and the improvements are sometimes small, bit by bit. Just let people take care of you, and cry if you need to. It will get better. Might be worth taking a laxative with all the painkillers. I'd never really had constipation until after the op and was kinda shocked to suddenly not go for days on end!

      I'm really frustrated at the moment as have gone on holiday (to somewhere with loads of hills/steep streets) but I managed to reeeally do my hip in lifting a very heavy suitcase on the way here. Woke up on my first morning here unable to put much weight on it, and it felt the way it had months ago (I'm about 5 months in now) so I've been using a crutch all the time and it's gradually improving again. I think I've just pulled something/jarred it, but am not a happy bunny!

    • profile image

      Charlotte 4 years ago

      Had my hip replaced on Monday 17th June since then I feel like a total baby. I'm 42 can't stop crying can't get off the pain killer's so I'm constipated. The anaesthetic pump didn't work so I feel like I haven't got on top of the pain. The tramadol make me sick. I did expect to be able to do more but all I do is take short walks and sleep. The kids and my husband have been amazing but I do feel it's time I got a grip any tips anyone

    • profile image

      gkorbar 4 years ago

      Hi Hippy's, I had surgery Monday the 17th to clean up my Heterotopic ossification from my right hip ( THP 3/19/12), I was told they cut out big mass, anesthesiologist, said didn't know how I could move at all. I just got out of hospital yesterday, seems better motion, can bend forward more but leg is swollen and painful so still hard to bend. I am looking forward to hopefully be able to put sock on without aid and tie shoe again. I also had radiation therapy on it to prevent it from happening again. I pray everyone has a great recovery, it was still worth having surgery to get rid of the pain, so anyone thinking about getting the surgery do it!

    • profile image

      JMF 4 years ago

      Hello everyone,

      I have been reading this forum for almost 3 years now. I had a left hip replacement just over two years ago and it is doing fantastic. The bad news is that it is time to schedule the right hip - I am bone on bone again and it really hurts some days. I noticed that there a few folks who are very nervous about the surgery... Well, it is major surgery and it takes a while to recover - but it is so worth it! The only thing keeping me from scheduling my surgery is trying to line up my work schedule to give myself enough time for recovery. I was back to work after 4 weeks last time, but I know it can take longer. It looks like the soonest I can accommodate that kind of time will be over the holidays - so I guess Santa will be bringing me a new hip this year. Holidays will not be very fun this year - but maybe the following year will be super and I'll be able to walk around Rome over Christmas!

      Judy

    • profile image

      Anthony8 4 years ago

      Hey Hipsy,

      Not sure how bad off you are now and what kind of condition your muscles are in, but assuming things are not too bad, you should be in pretty good shape in December.

      I'm 7 1/2 months post-op and feel like I have been close to 100% for the past few weeks. My 100% and yours may be quite different, and there are too many variables to tell for sure, but my advice would be to work hard within your precautions and you'll be well sooner rather than later.

      I had the anterior approach and general anesthesia, for what it's worth. Expect some ups and down and to have your patience tested during your recovery, but in the end I believe you will be SO happy you did this. Best of luck!

      Tony

    • profile image

      Dahlia 4 years ago

      2 months after post-op I can have gained the strength and flexibility back to do the NYC Ballet work-out...still my leg is not as strong as the other one. Work through the pain, every step, every move, the end result is worth it.

    • profile image

      Dee205 4 years ago

      Gkorbar,

      Sorry to hear you are still having these difficulties. It must be frustrating that you still can not do these things. I'm 13 months out from a RTHR and 2 years out from a LTHR. Not that it will make your problems easier but I have only just started to be able to pick things up from the floor and I STILL can't tie shoes. My external rotation is nil....frustrating because everything else is great! I walk, bike, and go to the gym 3 or 4 times a week, etc. Hoping improvs also. Lets keep hoping that these glitches aren't permanent for both of us!

      Dee

    • profile image

      HipsyDaisy 4 years ago

      Scheduled the end of this month. Right hip. Need to be 100% by December. Realistic? I know if I don't do anything it is only going to get worse. Anterior surgery. Hoping for a neuraxial anesthesia. Any other suggestions?

    • profile image

      Anthony8 4 years ago

      hey gk,

      today is seven months post-op for ny right thr...my surgeon was afraid of heterotopic bone growth in my case, so he gave me a dose of radiation the morning of surgery...i was a bit worried about the effects and read a lot about it, and it seemed relatively safe...the procedure only took a few minutes and i had absolutely no side effects (yet anyway!)...

      i had not been able to put on my sock or tie my shoe for years and still can't...i doubt i will ever get that range of motion back...it's no big deal to me...i am healed in every other way and feel great...i can do everything i really want to do, pain free...i did get the urge to run (which i don't think we are supposed to do) and so i ran on the beach a few weeks ago - it felt great, although i will not do it with any regularity...i walk on the treadmill at 3.5 mph and that is as fast as i can without running...

      i sound like a broken record, but my best advice is to keep moving as much as you can within your precautions and try to exercise 3-4 times a week...learn about your body and your pain...there is pain related to building and stretching muscle which is okay - you can work through that...it is much different from actual joint pain, which is a signal to slow down...

      let's keep healing, kids! :-)

      tony

    • profile image

      gkorbar 4 years ago

      Hi All,

      I am 15 months out from RTHR, I have had trouble all along with not being able to bend. I still can't reach my foot for sock, tie shoe, or wash, have to use aids to do those tasks. I walk 2-3 miles a day, ride a bicycle golf, ride Harley, although can just barely reach left foot up enough to downshift. I went to the Surgeon two weeks ago. I was told last year that I had blood leaking into area around joint which was calcifying. Doc said that couldn't do anything about it until after a year out from surgery. I am now having surgery to clean it out on June 17th, with low dose radiation after surgery to stop the blood from calcifying again. The condition is called Heterotopic ossification. I wish surgeon would have suggested the radiation before I had the hip replacement. I hope this takes care of my problem of bending. will update after surgery.

    • profile image

      Caitlin 4 years ago

      Thanks for your reply Allison! Its not sore - just a little odd!

      Great to hear abour your progress, nice to know what to look forward to!

    • profile image

      Allison 4 years ago

      (I hope this shows up. My last one didn't for some strange reason.)

      Caitlin,

      Personally, the visible swelling when down for me much earlier. (Anyone else want to chime in?) However, those of us with the posterior approach have all experiences what we on the fourms call the "gun in your hip" feeling when you sleep on the operative side. I'm at 16 weeks post-op tomorrow, and I still have a bit of that "gun in your hip" feeling, those it's getting better. I've heard it can last up to six months, but it gets better, and you get used to it.

      As far as my personal recovery, as I said I'm 16 weeks post-up tomorrow, and am almost totally back to normal. I can put on my own socks and shoes without any aids, and even tie my shoe, but that's still a bit awkward. Still don't have the same range of motion, but I'm able to do the things I need to do!

      I'll be traveling for the first time at the end of this month, and must admit, I'm a bit scared of the infamous TSA pat-down... I'm pretty sure the terminal I'll be flying out of at my local airport only has the metal detectors, not the scanners. I, for one, am all for the scanners. Makes it easier for me that they can SEE the metal part is where it's supposed to be. :) Wish me luck?

    • profile image

      Caitlin 4 years ago

      Hi all

      I had a total hip replacement on the 28th March (nearly 10 weeks ago). I still have quite a lot of swelling and find it very uncomfortable to lie on the side of the op - it feels as if I am sitting on something-something sort of puffy (obviously the swelling!). I went to my 6 week follow up and the surgeon was happy with everything, he gave me some anti inflammortaries and it has got a bit better, but the swelling is still quite pronounced. Does this sound familiar to anyone (hopefully everyone!)

      Thanks

      Caitlin!

    • ZenZen profile image

      ZenZen 4 years ago

      Hi Hippies,

      Socks do get easier! Easyish in fact. (I'm 17 mos. and 10mos. - 2X THR)

      Proper PT and activity is the key for me.

      Active weekend wishes to All,

      Zen

    • profile image

      Anthony8 4 years ago

      Hi Izzzzy,

      Thigh pain is pretty normal, especially at 5 weeks. I was having thigh pain several weeks ago at 5 months post-op - it came out of nowhere after three months of working out at the gym. I was worried (see my posts) and made a PT appointment and they said it seemed like just a muscle strain.

      At first, my instinct was to limit my activity, but I soon learned that if I walked through the pain, the muscle would warm up and then I could walk fine without pain. This has certainly been a learning experience. I now believe that unless I have some trauma to the hip joint, it will be fine until it wears out many years from now. Any pain or discomfort I have after sitting for long periods or working it hard, are simply muscle pains. We seem to forget that even before our hip problems, we would feel occasional muscle pain. Now every pain we have, we attribute to the hip joint - I guess that is natural.

      I am almost 7 months post-op and I consider myself completely healed. I am at the gym 3-4 times a week and am able to do anything I choose to do there. I don't think I will ever regain enough range of motion to put on my sock, but that's a minor inconvenience I can live with. Other than that, I can work on my feet for several hours without taking a break or sitting - I think I was in my 30s the last time that was possible!

      My advice is if you are in enough pain where it is affecting your quality of life, I would HIGHLY recommend having the surgery. It requires commitment and effort to rehab, but it will change your life in a positive way.

      Happy to see everyone doing so well. :-)

      Tony

    • profile image

      Izzzi 4 years ago

      I am almost 5 weeks post op partial hip replacement...am having thigh pain when I first start to walk....is anyone else having this problem?

    • profile image

      Vivbin 4 years ago

      Hi Mack, go for it. I have got my life back.

      ZenZen, thanks for the award!! Got to keep smiling. Swimming lessons have somewhat stalled, find it very hard to stay afloat!! And hip does ache afterwards. Probably trying too hard.

      Love to all. Viv xxxx

    • ZenZen profile image

      ZenZen 4 years ago

      Hi All Hippies,

      HAPPY, HOPPYISH SPRING HIPPIES!

      Mack, 2X- THR? Been there, done that. ( Past 16ish mos.) I'm 49 now and healing splendidly. There's nothing like the relief from bone on bone walking. Stay in touch. Ask us for any advice you may need. We're here. Please don't be afraid to book for surgery; it is worth it!

      I've almost progressed to the point where I don't need ya'll daily; but, I check every notification I get and am willing to help if I can.

      I am beginning to feel as though I've regained control of my life.

      By September I hope to go back to school for a 16 week intensive in web building. I think by then I will be able to sit for the 4 hr. lectures + 4hrs. daily homework.

      Mack, please read back through the previous posts. Our experiences will offer you a pot of gold.

      Best All Hippies,

      XOX,

      Zen

    • profile image

      Mack 4 years ago

      I'm 54 and in need of double hip replacements. I am having reservations about making that call to schedule the first surgery. Thanks for the site.

      It gives me hope.

    • ZenZen profile image

      ZenZen 4 years ago

      Vivbin,

      Thanks for the Laugh of the Day!!!!! You've just received an award.

      XOX to All Hippies!

      Zen

    • profile image

      Vivbin 4 years ago

      ZenZen, Thank you for your comments. I will keep trying to sit around for too long!! With the arrival of better weather in the uk, I have been overdoing the gardening, but my hip does tell me to slow down and hey, this time last year, I could do almost nothing.

      Anthony, I still get the tight feeling in my ankles, so will go see my GP. in spite of there being no swelling.

      Thank you all again for listening. if I could say goodbye to the backache, I would put my name down for next year's London Marathon!!

      Best to all, Viv

    • profile image

      Allison 4 years ago

      I'm 12 weeks post-op! No more hip precautions!! I even got dressed, except for my left sock, without using my grabber! And I picked something up off the floor without using my grabber!

      Caitlin, my story is similar to yours. I'm 29. (30 later this month! :) ) I was diagnosed with bilateral hip dysplasia at age 9, and had major hip surgery at that time. Then started having problems with the left hip at age 27. I was told by the orthopedist I see now that it's not uncommon for people who had a surgery similar to mine to have early arthritis. But I had other issues too. I never have walked with a normal gait, before or after the surgery at age 9, didn't walk until I was nearly 3, and I had other physical problems. So no on knows for sure how it might all be related. But it's nice to hear from others around my age who have had hip replacement. I just felt (and at times still feel) like I am "too young" to have had this surgery. But I'm doing SO much better now than I was 2 years ago! I think I ditched the cane at home on week 6, and "for good" at week 8.

    • profile image

      Caitlin 4 years ago

      Hi all

      So glad I found this forum! I have had a total hip replacement at 31 (I was diagnosed with congenital hip dysplasia at 1yr and they didnt do a great job on the right-left is perfect thank goodness) and due to my age was hoping to recover much quicker. At 6 weeks I am still on one crutch and saw the surgeon yesterday for my final follow up. He seemed to think I should be further along although my physio is happy so I was abit disheartened but feel much better after reading everyone's comments! Am doing everything I should be, back at work, driving, and doing physio's exercises twice a day so was feeling a bit rustrated that I wasnt making faster progress. But I guess I have been not using the muscles properly for about two years now-Mischa your post resonated with me although you have endured pain for much longer!

      Thanks all, my frustration and feelings of failure have abated! Patience is key! I have a sort of mantra...paience, determination, strength, and faith!

      x

    • profile image

      Anthony8 4 years ago

      Hi Viv,

      Congrats on your excellent recovery! I have not had the ankle issue you describe. Is there any swelling? Pain? It's probably nothing, but if it persists, you may want to ask your doc about it.

      Minnie, I'm only 54, but know a few people who have had THR in their 80s and they seem to be doing well. Of course, the risks increase as we get older, but the key to the decision to have surgery is how debilitated she is and how diminished her quality of life is without it.

      Tomorrow will be 6 months post-op for me on right THR. I went back for a visit to the PT for the intermittent pain I've been having in my leg, and they think it is a muscle strain and nothing to worry about. It is unpredictable and comes and goes. Today, it hurt as I walked into the gym, but during and after my exercises it felt fine. I am going to just continue to work and trust that it will be okay.

      I am able to work on my feet for 10+ hours, can walk for a few miles, bike, etc., so I can't really expect any more than that. I've all but given up on the sock, but using the aid is no big deal.

      We are all getting better every day. Here's to a great summer for all of us!

      Tony

    • Laurie Russell profile image

      Laurie Russell 4 years ago from London, Ontario

      , Zen! I love slip-on shoes and have learned to eliminate socks as much as possible! This time of year is great with the better weather. Really I am just happy with the better mobility and no stiffness!

    • profile image

      Robert 4 years ago

      Hi, Just to give some newbies some hope, I am 8 weeks post THR, anterior. For the first three weeks, I was so disappointed,as I had heard so many "pain free" stories. I was struggling, needing pain meds, sleeping pills and in lots of pain. At almost two months, I am a convert. I am doing better every day, in less pain than I have been in for years, doing way better with my socks....though slip on shoes are still the way to go. Hang in there....it really does get better.

    • profile image

      minnie 4 years ago

      Hello! My mom is scheduled for a hip replacement. She is 87 and besides blood thinners for heart valves is in very good health. Are any

      of you in your late 80's or older that have done the surgery. How did it

      go?

    • ZenZen profile image

      ZenZen 4 years ago

      Hi Hipsters,

      Vivbin, sitting for longer than an hr. at anything is ouchy-stiff making for me. Then I've got to do all sorts of exercises and stuff to loosen up. My PT Madam told me I was doing really well this morning. For this comment I am eternally grateful. Recovery from THR is way harder than I was lead to believe...but...

      Conscious, careful, regular activity is what I need. (Just thoughts; what do I know?).

      XOX All Hippies,

      Zen

    • profile image

      Vivbin 4 years ago

      Hi wonderful hipsters, Haven't posted for ages but follow all your progress weekly. Am now 8 months in from having left THR and doing really well. I will be 70 in June and am so pleased that I had the op. ( no choice as walking was a major problem last year). But I want to say how reading all your comments has been such a help with all your experiences and comments.

      I now do water aerobics and am taking swimming lessons. Also my son has just bought me an exercise bike!! Also dog walking and gardening help to keep me active.

      Over the last couple of months, I have noticed a tight feeling in both ankles, especially when sitting of an evening, feels a bit like tight socks on both feet. Never had this pre op, and I do try not to sit for more than an hour. Has anyone else experienced this?

      Once again, greetings to you all, you are an inspiration.

      Viv xxxxxxxxxxx

    • ZenZen profile image

      ZenZen 4 years ago

      Hi Hippies,

      Laurie, after my 2THR's this yearish, I find that slip-on shoes are the key, (socks are still dreaded). Recovery is a long haul. We have to pull our chins up and stay active, and be prepared for the roller-coaster ride. (And SMILE as we do it).

      I'm finding the journey worthwhile. I'm trying to rescue a birch tree this aft. :)

      Best,

      Zen

    • Laurie Russell profile image

      Laurie Russell 4 years ago from London, Ontario

      Hi, Hippies! I am 3 weeks in on my 2 nd THR. Had the right one done in Oct/12 and now the left! Glad to have them done! Very impatient this time around, this hip is doing very well. Not sleeping well, but this is normal. My issue will be a lot of long term physio for muscle improvement. I have been sedentary and stiff for well over 10 years and some of my muscles don't even know they're alive! I have had a hard time wrapping my mind around isolating these muscles. However, I am only 60 and I want to be able to tie my shoes, etc. if at all possible!

    • ZenZen profile image

      ZenZen 4 years ago

      Hi Hippies,

      Tony, a backyard hot tub...how divine is that? I'm debating either hot tub or swimming pool for mine. I'm middle-aged so in the summer in T.O. I really appreciate cooling under the stars. Never mind that, I'm happy to hear you were able to work so hard. Just be cautious, listen when your bod says "enough". My ex-hubbie is in recovery from dislocation of his 2yr old prosthetic hip at present; doing Yoga of all things...That's a criminal price-tag!

      Message to all Hippies: Stay carefully active and we must trust all else will sort itself.

      Best,

      Zen

    • profile image

      Anthony8 4 years ago

      Thanks, Zen. Sorry to hear you are experiencing some discomfort too, but it sounds like it is just a matter of time before it heals.

      I am a stubborn sort and today, rather than resting, I went out in the yard at 8 a.m., grabbed a shovel and started digging a 10-by-10 pad for a hot tub I hope to have in the near future. I did not come inside until almost 6 p.m. and although the pain was still there intermittently, if I could do what I did today, there cannot be anything too serious wrong with my hip.

      Either that or I won't be able to stand up tomorrow! Haha! :-)

      Tony

    • ZenZen profile image

      ZenZen 4 years ago

      Hi Hipsters,

      Anthony, I've returned from PT and the Big Boss informed me that my icicle condition is a result of, "the damp", (Spoken in his authoritative English accent). :)

      I'll still discuss with my surgeon in May.

      Active healing wishes to All,

      Zen

    • ZenZen profile image

      ZenZen 4 years ago

      Hi Hippies,

      Anthony8, On cold rainy days I've been experiencing what I can only describe as icicle down inside bones, (I had THR in both hips), from the joint to knee with heat around the joint. I'm now 9 mos. post on L hip and 16 mos. post on R hip. I've been attributing this infrequent sensation to nerves healing in the area triggered by the weather. It is not worrying me much, however, it is somewhat debilitating when I'm experiencing it. (I take to my bed and mope for a bit). I'll chat with Physio Madam later today and report back; unless she tells me it's all in my head. ;)

      Best,

      Zen

    • profile image

      Anthony8 4 years ago

      Robin,

      Your muscles have probably been weakened by inactivity prior to surgery and the trauma of surgery and it takes a while to get them strong enough to feel normal again. I am in the quick-healing group, but at 6 weeks post-surgery, could not stand on one leg using my op-leg. PT addressed that, and two weeks later, I could do it. So, be patient, it is a process.

      Has anyone experienced this: I have been doing great and am at almost 6 months post-op. Have been going to the gym 3-4 days a week for almost 4 months with no issues. I had been feeling about 100% recovered. Then a couple of days ago, I was simply walking and I got a sharp-shooting pain in my op-leg and it almost buckled on me. I actually had to use a crutch for part of that day!

      The pain is off and on and not debilitating at this point. It seems to radiate from the joint and runs from the side of my hip all the way down to my knee, but changes. Sometimes it seems more in my thigh area. It seems to me like a nerve more than a failure in the joint. There has been no trauma and I have no pain at all when I am sitting/lying and it is intermittent when I am walking.

      I have had a bit of numbness in my incision area since surgery, and I'm wondering if that nerve is "waking up" and causing this problem - it does seem like I have a bit more feeling on my skin there now. If it persists, I think I will make a PT appointment to get their opinion. I don't think it is something I will bother the surgeon with unless PT recommends that.

      I am interested to hear if any other hipsters experienced this and if so, what was done or how did it resolve. Thanks!

      Tony

    • ZenZen profile image

      ZenZen 4 years ago

      Hi Hipsters,

      Barbara, you always hit the nail on the head. What's your Birthday? I'll send you a new fancy hammer. :)

      FYI: I'm doing well. PT, PT, and more PT. Now I understand what Maggie meant about the dreaded clam-shells. My physio Madam now ties me up with resistance bands for strengthening...She's a mean one! :)

      Active healing wishes to all Hippies. We do heal well with proper diligent activity.

      XOX,

      Zen

      P.S. Where's Maggie.........?

    • BarbaraNC profile image

      BarbaraNC 4 years ago

      Hello Robin, and welcome! The trouble you are having with standing is very normal and is probably your body telling you that you should sit down and put your feet up! Your body has been through a great deal and not only needs the PT that is advised, but also needs rest. You also may still have some discrepancy in leg length that may contribute to this problem, and that should get better over time as you recover. I am one of the unlucky ones who was in the "Slow Healing Group," so keep that in mind when I tell you that you may experience getting tired more easily for many more months. The good news is that, even among the slow healing group, we eventually do get to the point where we don't even think about the hip (unless we're gardening or tying our shoes, perhaps!).

      Best wishes to all!

      Barbara

    • profile image

      Robin 4 years ago

      Thanks for sharing to everyone. I'm a 57-year old female and when I came home from a hemi hip replacement we rented a hospital bed. We had to remove the heavy plastic covering and add a memory foam mattress but it was very helpful in getting good sleep. The cost was about $130/month which was all I needed.

      I'm now at 10 weeks post op. I'm mostly walking with cane but also feeling that I can walk unaided and without limping more each day. Last week I changed physical therapists as I didnt feel I was challenging myself enough. I'm very glad I made the change.

      The most draining for me is standing. I dont feel that I stand naturally, and I tire very quickly. Any advice out there?

    • profile image

      Steve1963 4 years ago

      I had a total hip replacement just over 3 weeks ago, 2.5 years after a re-surfacing. This had to be revised due to raised metal ions in my blood, although I was still performing at a good level. I played squash the day before my operation. Not something most people could claim, I imagine!

      My recovery time has been rapid. I was discharged after 2 days, could walk short distances without crutches within a week, started driving again after 10 days and haven't used my crutches since the end of week 2.

      I am more or less off pain killers now. The joint does tire quickly and then it starts to ache and I walk with a more noticeable limp. I can't walk long distances or run yet, but it has only been just over 3 weeks.

      My recovery this time has been quicker than after my re-surfacing. This may be because I am lighter and fitter this time.

      I am relatively young at 50, but I hope my experience gives others hope for a more speedy recovery than some of the estimates I have read.

    • profile image

      Eve14 4 years ago

      Thank you Tony. Your words helped.

    • profile image

      Barry 4 years ago

      Hi all just to let you know went for my 15 month( yearly from the 3 month check up) was told I have healed completely an Oxford hip score of 12/60 which is the most you can get...do not have to go again unless I have a problem...Just to confirm we all heal differently at 6 weeks I could drive did not need cane.had a slight pain at the top of my hip after walking 400 yards,but nothing much after 3 months was basically back to normal...but I did everything by the book I did not try to do more than needed...forget about all that Macho stuff its only vanity,,, I was actually asked to walk without any aid when I had my stitches out after about 10 days or so and walked 12 paces or so but was told not to do it again as it was a one off to see what I could do.. I had the posterior approach and stuck with all the regulations as told to... Do as you are told and you will all recover in your own time.to give encouragement my PT did say that a few people were still on 2 crutches after a year...I feel very sorry for them...I feel I have been very lucky as quite a few of you on here as I was a quick healer.But at the end of the Day its all down to age .how fit you are etc etc There are obviously problems that can occur for anyone having the Op...but at the end of the day we are all glad we had it done....well most all, there are probably people out there that would not say that as they have experienced major problems.

      I will keep an eye on the forum and try and help with problems people may have if I can help,but most will be words of encouragement as mine went well,just the occasional hiccup.

      Good luck to all you hippies out there new and older members..

    • profile image

      Anthony8 4 years ago

      Linda,

      It doesn't sound right that your mom went from walking to not being able to put weight on her leg. I would call the doc and explain this and see what they say - my guess is that they will want to see her.

      Steve,

      Using a walking stick at 8 weeks is well within the normal range of healing. I am now running around at 5 months, but still used a crutch at 8 weeks, so be patient. It is worse to walk unaided with a limp. Keep up the PT and exercise and the strength will come sooner rather than later.

      Tony

    • profile image

      steve 4 years ago

      it is now 8 weeks since my total hip replacement and am still having to use a walking stick. they had to stretch my muscles by 3cm during the op. I was hoping to be walking unaided at this time. has anyone experienced this or is this normal. apart from that I am feeling 100% better than before.

    • profile image

      Allison 4 years ago

      I'm 8 weeks post op today and had my first follow up appointment yesterday, and it went really well. I can drive! I can sit for more than an hour at a time! (but don't worry. I won't sit all day) I can walk around in public without my cane! I still have my precautions on bending, twisting, not going past mid-line, etc. for another month. I can sleep on my left side! (I still have to have a pillow between my legs) I tried last night and definitely noticed the "gun in your side" that many of you have mentioned. But I think I'll get used to that pretty quickly and I have a plan for tonight.

      I went to choir practice at church for the first time since surgery, and it felt so good to do something like a "normal" person! I was planning on going somewhere today, just to get out by myself for a bit, but we're having thunderstorms all day, so I'm going to wait on that. But I feel like I have SO much more freedom now!

      I have done amazingly well, and I think it's due to my age. I'm only 29 (30 in May) but had hip surgery at age 9 because they were out of the sockets and have walked with a slightly altered gait my entire life, due to tight muscles. So I'm sure all of that played into why I needed this so early. Plus it's possible (likely?) I have some sort of undiagnosed genetic disorder. I had SO many problems as a baby/young child that they think are all connected, but no one knows for sure. So... yeah. Nothing is "normal" in my medical file! lol

      I had pretty much NO pain, and took pain meds in the morning and at night for 2 weeks for so, only because I felt I "should" as a preventative measure, then at night for another 2 weeks, because I thought it was helping me fall asleep. But... yeah. Pretty much had no pain except for an initial bout right after surgery. I am SO thankful that everything has gone so well, and I've had no setbacks thus far.

      If anyone wants to hear my "life story" that explains things a but more, but be forewarned it is overtly Christian in nature. Because... well... that's me. :D I also have pictures of me in my "body cast" from when I was nine, and I'd be willing to share those too, if anyone wants to see them. I'll keep checking in, and would particularly like to encourage anyone who's "too young" to get this surgery. It is WORTH IT! I'm walking better now, two months out, than I have in years. Can't WAIT to "show off" to people and walk around without my cane!

    • profile image

      azhippi 4 years ago

      Linda, I am Only 51 and have had a heck of a rollercoaster. pain meds in the beginning get you through the hurt phase. Use sparingly so she is not tired as well. At 80 and at 51 it is easy to say I will sit , but sitting /lying down is not what any of us need especially for the fear of blood clots.

      In truth when I thought this stinks , PT and exercise rejuvenated my muscles .

      still at 8 weeks out sleeping and lying still are the worst part of the day. sitting too long tightens it all up.

      Good luck with your mom. But don't ignore too much pain she is 80 and bones are more frail in us ladies.

      can't wait to try the anti gravity treadmill today to improve my walking skills . Too young to keep a cane around !

    • profile image

      Linda 4 years ago

      My mom, who is 80, had LTHP in November 2012. She has been improving steadily until last week when she had pain in her groin. Before, she could walk okay (but with a limp) without the walker or cane. Now she can't put weight on the left hardly at all. She has cut back on her exercises, thinking that she had overdone it, but it's not really improving. I thought that she had perhaps put her back out by walking with such a limp. I thought she should have been using the walker all this time so that she had equal support on both sides and would therefore avoid limping. Should we be alarmed and go see the doctor? Should she just push through and exercise more?

    • profile image

      Anthony8 4 years ago

      Eve,

      I hope this is encouraging: none of us were substantially recovered at 6 weeks. I'm only 54, and have been in the "quick healing group" and I was still using a crutch after 2 months. We all know how hard it is to be patient and we all wish we felt better, sooner, but at 89 I think your dad is doing great.

      He will feel progressively stronger and some of the improvements will come when you least expect it. I have had days where I was sore and thought I'd suffered a setback, only to wake up the next morning feeling better than I had in years.

      This is a bit of a roller coaster for almost all of us, but it is life-changing in the positive over the long-haul. Try not to get discouraged and try not to rush things - steady, moderate exercise and PT are the keys to a great outcome, which I am sure your father will have. Best of luck!

      Tony

    • profile image

      Eve14 4 years ago

      Hi. My elderly father had hip replacement surgery approx. 6 weeks ago. Before his fall, he was a "great age 89." He can walk to the restroom with a walker, but it tires him out. He is receiving PT at home and doing excersices on the side. He can't sleep in his bed - only relief is in the recliner. I just wanted to hear from some people who had been through this that it just takes time to heal. I think we both expected a faster recovery. not realistic correct? I need encouraging words...

    • profile image

      Anthony8 4 years ago

      Hi Guys,

      Great to hear everyone is healing! I just passed the 5 month mark on my RTH (anterior). I am still at the gym 3-4 days a week and doing the treadmill, elliptical, bike and weight training circuit. I keep increasing the difficulty, like walking uphill, etc. and it is helping so much - I highly recommend as much allowable exercise as you can stand.

      I am now walking completely without a limp and without pain. Went to a baseball game tonight and walked up three large flights of stairs with my hands in my coat pockets and no pain or difficulty.

      I really do attribute my progress with pushing the exercise and building up the muscles around the hip. I am feeling so much more energetic! Thanks to everyone who shared their experience with me - it has helped so much!

      Tony

      p.s. I had the same issue with sore shoulders for the first couple of months when I slept on my side - no idea what causes that but it does go away :-)

    • profile image

      Cindy 4 years ago

      Just returned from a visit to my OS. I am just a few weeks shy of 4 months from THR and am scheduled for May 23 to have TKR. Same leg as the hip replacement. Hip feels great, knee is in a lot of pain. I am just really worried that the hip will suffer once I have the knee surgery.

      Do any of you know of a good forum like this one for TKR? I have been searching the web and just can't seem to find anything that has the same quality as this site. This group has been so helpful these past weeks and I could really use some support now for the knee. Or if any of you have had the same experience please let me know.

    • profile image

      lee 4 years ago

      Hi there, I am 6 weeks post op and have been following your forum for a couple of weeks. I just want to say thank you to all. This has helped a great deal get through the tough moments and not feel alone, especially the sleep deprivation!

    • ZenZen profile image

      ZenZen 4 years ago

      Hi Hippies,

      Saundra...Wonderful to hear from you! I'm in. chriszen@bellnet.ca

    • Saundra Davis profile image

      Saundra Davis 4 years ago from California

      Greetings Hippies!

      I've been off the thread for so long I can't remember how much you already know about my progress so I'll just start from where I am today.

      LTHR (020212) 14 months out and feeling fine. I get a bit stiff after driving or sitting for long periods but other than that no real issues. I can get my sock on by sitting and bringing the left foot toward my upper body or by standing and bending to the foot.

      RTHR (100912) Just shy of 6 months and moving okay, not quite as well as the left hip and I still have some numbness and/or stinging at the incision site. The bruising (which was awful this time around) is finally gone and the scar healing nicely. Off of precautions at the 90 days but I do get a "slicing" pain at the groin and of course the requisite stiffness. Can't move as well on the socks but I do manage to get it done sans sock aid.

      Overall, no regrets on either (not like I REALLY had a choice with AVN) but the LTHR definitely was a smoother and faster return to "normal" than the right has been. I am also VERY pleased that I chose to go to rehab after the RTHR. I came right home after the LTHR and I think that was a bad move because I tried to get back to my normal activities too soon. That extra week in rehab allowed me to rest, focus on my healing and get concentrated PT.

      At the VA PT was not required (not really even encouraged) with the exception of the "traveling team" that comes to your room to get you ready to get the heck out of the hospital.

      So, I'm back at work. Training for days at a time and standing for 6+ hours per day and I'm doing well. I fell about a month ago (wrong shoes...don't ask) but aside from a banged up knee and a couple of bruises I was fine. Fell on the right side (great....right?) but no damage. I'm more tentative when I walk now but I am pushing myself to walk longer, farther and faster (I am bionic, right?) and you all (you know who you are) got me on track to walk 30 minutes a day (thanks Hippies - I love you guys).

      So, I do:

      Walk

      Tai Chi

      Fast Walk chase grandkids

      Wii (Fit, Zumba and SwordFight)

      Stretch

      Cycle (stationary)

      Elliptical

      I miss:

      Badminton (in about 3 more months - some jumping)

      Beating grandkids in foot races

      Ice Skating

      I plan to:

      Keep moving (every day)

      Sit less

      Stretch more

      Lose 20 pounds (BP high since return home from RTHR)

      Begin weightlifting (again - light weights though)

      For all of you new hippies, keep reading this thread. There will always be encouragement and GOOD information. I love my docs and nurses but NONE of them had new hips so having them tell me what I SHOULD be able to do just simply didn't work for me. This group is not about what we CAN'T do because of hip replacement...it is about having a better quality of life BECAUSE of hip replacement.

      Trust yourself, your body knows what it needs. Sometimes stiffness, achy pains and the like are saying "give me MORE exercise" so don't assume the worst. Each of us has a different experience but there are some similarities.

      BTW, I have created a google group (yeah, I know...a LONG time ago too) but would want a few of us to test the idea of being able to have specific threads and conversations before inviting a transition. Let me know if you are willing to test it out with me. I would just need your email address.

      Be Well, Stay Active, Keep Healing!

      Love,

      Saundra

    • profile image

      gkorbar 4 years ago

      Hi all,

      I haven't posted for months. I am 3 weeks past a year from my LTHR, anterior method. I had no precautions with the surgery, I was off walker in one week, cane after two. At 6 weeks I rode in a bicycle event 23 miles. That was all wonderful, the pain is gone, feel great. The only problem I have is I still can't bend enough to put my sock on and tie my shoe, I need aids to put sock on, and wash my foot. I also use elastic laces on left foot because I can't reach to tie. I was told my surgeon at first that I had blood leaking into joint area after surgery because of blood thinners and it can calcify. My last visit was at 6 months and doctor said the calcification wouldn't be the problem with my bending and I needed to stretch more. I got my primary doc to give me more therapy, no help. I am currently wintering in Florida, and have my 1 yr post op checkup late may. I hope there is something that can be fixed. I am happy with the pain relief, but I have less movement as far as bending then before my surgery, so I am frustrated. I am not one to sit around, I walk couple miles a day, play golf, ride bike and Harley, so not like I am not trying. I will post update after my appointment end of May.

    • BarbaraNC profile image

      BarbaraNC 4 years ago

      azhippi, I was in same place as you at this stage of recovery, still using walker, still having adductor muscle problems (barely able to move them at 6 weeks out), but I eventually recovered, just on a slower track than some. So don't be discouraged (even though, of course, it is discouraging); try to look back to see improvements that you HAVE made instead of those you expected to make by now (and haven't yet made). It's hard to be in the "Slow Healing Group" as we call ourselves, but we're a tough bunch and push through it all to get stronger and stronger!

      Best wishes to all.

      Barbara

    • ZenZen profile image

      ZenZen 4 years ago

      Hi Hipsters,

      Hoppy Easter! :)

      Azhippi, I Ditto you!

      Please insist on proper PT. That's what's helping me; I'm getting into good shape.

      My ex-husband is in hospital at present, and in recovery again for months we suspect, with a 2 yr old THR dislocation (He's only 56). Not fun for him. All he did was a wrong yoga move. YIKES!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

      MOVE, BUT BE CAREFUL!

      Blessing to Y'all.

      xox,

      Zen

    • profile image

      azhippi 4 years ago

      Robin push them to push you . If not then find another PT in the office or a PT group near you. I had to tell them I need more challenge to get all my muscles back to where they were and then some. They are up to the challenge and well educated . I see and feel the improvement although mine is slower than some. I have seen three in my PT office and all have been challenging me slightly different as well as banter about my challenge as to how to wake up my muscles. Fight for YOU if you want more.

    • profile image

      Robin 4 years ago

      Really got so much good info from previous posts. I'm a 57 year-old female and I had a partial hip replacement on 2/9/13 after I fell on ice and broke my femor. I'm starting my 8th week of recovery.

      I have a question about out-patient PT. Mine has consisted of eldctro-stim w moist heat and 10 min on bicycle. I keep thinking I should/could b doing more. Any thoughts/advice? I am using cane slmost exclusively to get around.

      Thanks!

    • profile image

      azhippi 4 years ago

      6weeks out and still using the walker! just learned the cane yesterday and it tires me out. My Hip hurts. still with adductor muscle issues and going to PT 3 times a week. on nuerontin hoping the damn nerve perks up! Thank goodness for Physical Therapists and all the torture they make me do. I love / hate it ! Patience and some beer get me through it! And my wonderful patient husband.(AKA:taxi)

    • ZenZen profile image

      ZenZen 4 years ago

      Hi All Hipsters,

      Robert, Re: The cane / mobility device issue:

      I'm 49. I've had THR in both hips over the past 14 mos. My case is not typical, however, my gait issues are.

      It is imperative that we hippies use the recommended mobility assist devices until they are deemed no longer needed by our surgeons and PT people, and ourselves.

      A week ago I was given cane freedom. I still carry it in my back pocket / bicycle saddlebag as a safety net. Motorists give me more room when it's attached to my bike.

      Truthfully, after all this time, I still need the cane to help me train my body to walk like a woman as opposed to a penguin. :)

      I will use it until I lose it, (forget it), somewhere. I guess that's my point.

      Loving Active Patient Healing Wishes to All Hippies.

      XoX,

      Zen

    • profile image

      RobertLC 4 years ago

      Thank you, Barry. Mostly, I use my cane, but have found I can walk OK without using it. When I do, though, I seem to have more pain hours later. So I think I will use it more. I had the anterior surgery, and there have been no guidelines provided as to how long I should use the cane. My PT goes thru the exercises with me but provides little information. My biggest surprise is how much pain I am still in at times, but it's only been three weeks, so I think I just was too hopeful that the anterior method produced less pain. Thanks all for your input.

    • profile image

      Kraig 4 years ago

      I had a left THR, posterior operation in November of last year. I was extremely nervous about the procedure, even though I had done a ton of research about it on the net. I had never been a patient in a hospital before, let alone had a surgery of any kind. But I had to do something as the pain was very severe before surgery. My wife and I were also expecting our first child, and I wanted to be able to bend, pick him up and play with him which would have been impossible with the pain. I am now four months out and am able to walk without pain, the difference is incredible. I do have some muscle aches now and again around the thigh area, but nothing compared to the pain before surgery. It seems to be getting better every week and I am looking forward to my first Summer with the new hip, playing golf and taking my son to the park without pain. As scary as the surgery was for me, I am so glad I had it done. I did due diligence before hand and found the best doctor I could in our area. I have met a few others who had theirs done without doing this and are still in pain two years after the surgery. So do your research and have it done if you are in severe pain, you won't regret it. The rehab pain was nothing compared to the pain before the surgery for me.

    • profile image

      Mischa 4 years ago

      Ooh, and I can now sleep on my unoperated side with a pillow between my legs and on my operated side without. Trouble is, both become pretty painful after about half an hour. Have other people found they've had pain in their shoulders when going back to trying to sleep on sides? Mine are killing me!

    • profile image

      Mischa 4 years ago

      Hi Allison, I had my first check-up with my consultant last week (7 weeks post-op) and saw a brilliant PT at the same time. We talked about not being able to walk like a normal person, which I can't at all - I limp badly, much worse than before the op - and he was really helpful. He told me that because I've always walked a little strangely, I basically have very little muscle on my right-hand side because I've been using my left leg to 'carry' me when walking and it's done all the work for a very long time. He gave me lots of good exercises to do to start building muscle to allow me to walk properly, and told me to continue using my crutch while this happens. I think I might be on the one crutch for potentially another month or two while my muscle develops, but I was told it's better to do this and get into a pattern of 'normal' walking than to try and rush it and end up with the same 'bad' walk. My bum is now in agony from doing loads of muscle exercises - lol! Hope that helps! x

    • profile image

      Allison 4 years ago

      I've found it's really interesting to see the difference in recommendations from PTs and doctors, too. I'm 5 weeks post-op now, still using a cane. I'm not seeing the PT any more, but she recommended I use the cane for another week. I don't see my doctor until 8 weeks post-op, so driving and working will wait until then at least. I've heard that my surgeon is really strict about the 12 weeks for the precautions and I've read of others on here getting off the precautions in 6 or 8 weeks. I'm hoping he'll at least let me sleep on my operative side, but I'm not holding out much hope. Hope for the best, prepare for the worst, I guess? :) I've tried to take a few steps without my cane and have noticed if I walk the way I've walked my entire life (I've always walked with an altered gait) then I don't limp. If I try to walk like a normal person, I do. And the strange thing is, I seem to be leaning/relying more on my operative side than my non-operative side. Weird. So we'll see how it goes at 6 weeks, and see what my doctor says at 8 and go from there, I suppose.

    • profile image

      Barry 4 years ago

      Robert it is best to use the cane as they say for 6 weeks I think..but if you walk without limping that is fine,but if you are limping ,using the cane helps your gait.Otherwise you will find you are not walking correctly and may have problems with your back etc. later on.My PT was most insistent on this,more than most other things.So use the cane if you limp.

      Hope this helps you

      Barry

    • profile image

      RobertLC 4 years ago

      Thank you for the feedback Barbara and Tony.. I can see that everyone's experience is unique. Tony....your recovery sounds amazing. Hope I do as well. What is the consensus? Is it wise to keep using a cane for weeks. I can not use it, but it is sure easier when I do. I can't pin down my PT. He says do what you can unless it hurts. Anyhow have thoughts about this....

    • profile image

      Anthony8 4 years ago

      Hi Guys!

      Cindy, I'm 4 1/2 months out, am at the gym 4 days a week, can walk without pain or a limp, but have been told I may never be able to put on my sock or use a regular nail clipper on my toes again. We are all different and I think a lot depends on the condition of our hip and surrounding area pre-op and I had endured pain for 9 years before having the surgery, so I lost a lot of my range. You may get a range of motion back that I won't. Good luck and keep us posted on your progress.

      Barry, thanks for the encouragement! It's great to hear that you are doing so well after 15 months. The stiffness I am having after sitting for long periods is so minor, I shouldn't complain at all - it disappears after 2 or 3 steps, but it is good to hear that even that may go away in the coming weeks/months.

      Robert, we are all different when it comes to pain too. I'm not sure there is a "normal" although your surgery was so recent, it doesn't surprise me that you are still having some. I was in so much pain pre-surgery that my doc said my body "reset" itself and that's why I couldn't feel any pain post-surgery. I took pain meds on day 1 and 2 and two tylenol on day 3 and 4 and not a thing since, but I was taking 4 to 6 aspirin a day for a year before I had surgery. Try to cut back slowly as your pain will allow and be patient - you're gonna feel great soon.

      I have been away from home this week, so tomorrow will be my first day back at the gym after 5 days, mostly off. I am curious to see if I will lose a lot of ground by not exercising the hip for so long.

      Keep on moving hippies!

      Tony

    • ZenZen profile image

      ZenZen 4 years ago

      Hey Hippies,

      Barbara, XOXOXOXOXOOXOXOOXOXOOOXOOOOOOOOX!

      With diligence we do regain strength. 50,000% better than pre-op. I'm still thinking while walking, but I'm not far off the mark.

      Same healing thoughts to all.

      XoX,

      Zen

    • BarbaraNC profile image

      BarbaraNC 4 years ago

      Barry - so happy to know you are doing so well!! Same here, and it makes it all worthwhile, eh?

      Zenia, I forgot to say - wahoo!!! You are doing so amazingly well, and I know it has been a hard road in getting there. I think Maggie needs to come up with some cute name for a positive mental attitude award, and I nominate you to receive it (also Lynn and Toots)!

      To those new to this site and with recent surgeries, you are at the toughest part, but hopefully some of these posts will encourage you by giving you glimpses into your future where, as I like to say, I'm "walking without thinking" again.

      Best to all.

      Barbara

    • profile image

      Barry 4 years ago

      Cindy

      I forgot to mention in my earlier post,you will find cutting your toe nails the last thing you can do,but you should be able to eventually it may take 9 months,but it will really depend on you and your confidence.On tying your laces put your foot on the 2nd step of the stairs you may find this a help.Also for a long time when I walked I had pain on the side of my hip,but eventually it went.I still do a few exercises the Physio gave me ,even now I feel it helps to keep a good rotation in your hips.

      Hope this may help you...

    • profile image

      Barry 4 years ago

      Hi all,just dropping in to say I will be having my yearly check up next month,although it is really 15 months as it will be a year since I went for my 3 month check.All feels good.I am playing golf once a week now .I have no problem in fact I forget about it these days.I feel better now than I did 3 years ago,and back to normal.So for me it is good news.As we all say everybody heals differently.Just be patient

      Anthony,

      I had the slight pain when getting up after sitting for a while.Do not worry you will get less and less pain in the weeks ahead.One day you will just forget about it,and suddenly realise the pain has gone.I think mine went after about 4/5 months or so.

      Toots,Maggie and Barbara,

      Pleased that you are all well now,I still read the forum to see how you are all doing,there appears to be many new people now,most doing well and a few with problems.but at the end of the day I am sure we are all glad to have had the Op and have moved on from all the pain we were getting.I will let you know how my check up goes.

      Barry

    • BarbaraNC profile image

      BarbaraNC 4 years ago

      Life has become so busy, and I may not be posting very often, but I do check in once in awhile!

      Allison, sleep should improve soon - promise!!

      RobertLC, welcome! Just want to say to keep using cane until you can walk without limping; otherwise, you won't heal properly. We want to abandon the assistive devices as soon as possible, but we need to be patient with that or we will pay a price!

      Seabee grandma, I'm so sorry that you are still in pain after years post-op. I suspect it may be related to the type of work you do and needing to be on your feet on hard flooring all day. At just over a year post-op, I pretty much stopped having pain (except maybe slight pain at night when I've slept on the op side for a few hours), and I was in Maggie's "Slow Healing Group"! So you may want to check in with the ortho surgeon just to rule out any serious problem. Best wishes to you.

      A fond hello to Zenia, Maggie and Toots!! Thanks for still thinking of me even though my posts are so few and far between these days.

      Best wishes to all.

      Barbara

    • profile image

      seabeegrandma 4 years ago

      I am almost 2 years from hip replacement and I still havwe a lot of pain at times. I work at sam's club and have to stand most of the day there will be some days I will be fine and other times I hurt so bad, is that normal for after 3 years to still hurt.

    • profile image

      RobertLC 4 years ago

      Hi all. I am just 10-days following anterior h.r. I find that I am in a lot of pain, but I am moving pretty well -- cane for last week -- though one day I didn't use it much, and I paid for it! This is my question: Did anyone have pain more in the groin area post op. This is where my pain seems to be. I am not sure how long it is usual to need pain meds, but I'm thinking about a month. Is that typical. Thanks.

    • profile image

      Cindy 4 years ago

      You go Allison! I am 12 weeks out and am just starting to sleep better, it started with waking every 2 hours, went to 4 and now I can actually sleep at least 5 hours without waking up. Thought I would never get to this point. Hang in there it does get better.

      When does one get to the point that they can cut their own toe nails, or is this something that you can never do again. I am just now putting on socks without the help of a sock aid or someone else. I have not tried tie shoes yet, I have bungie ties for my tennis shoes, but have a good pair of walking shoes that have ties and would really like to wear them.

      Once in a while, not all the time, but sometimes I do have some joint pain, nothing like I had before surgery, but just wondering if this is normal or should I have it checked out?

    • profile image

      Allison 4 years ago

      One month one day post surgery for me. I just had my LAST home PT session, which means I'm no longer considered "homebound" and can go out in public and DO things!!! They did not even have me move on to outpatient PT, at least not right now... Just need to keep doing the exercises until I see my doctor in April, at which time he'll make a recommendation, and she thinks it will be that I won't need any more out patient PT. YAY!

      Now if only I could SLEEP. Have been told I can't sleep on my operative side until 12 weeks. Bleh. Sometimes I don't feel like I can survive 8 more weeks of not sleeping well. But I know I'll make it.

    • ZenZen profile image

      ZenZen 4 years ago

      Hi Hippy Friends,

      I'm calling Bragging rights now. (LOL), :)))))). I've just returned from my work-out with my PT Goddess ... The cane can now go into my back pocket for uneven ground and slippery walkway use. YEAH!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

      FINALLYish!!!!!

      I wish the same to all Hipsters.

      XOX,

      Zen

    • profile image

      Anthony8 4 years ago

      Thanks Zen and Maggie :-) This forum helped me so much before and after surgery - I'm grateful to all of you for sharing your wisdom. Toots, happy to hear your doing so well...although I didn't have the gun in my hip, I can definitely relate to the wad of tissue.

      Frank, I agree about the gym. I had not been a gym member since 1989, but I think I will be one from now on! I'm afraid if I stop moving, I will stop moving! :-)

      Tony

    • ZenZen profile image

      ZenZen 4 years ago

      Anthony 8, XOXOXOXOXO to you too!

    • ZenZen profile image

      ZenZen 4 years ago

      Hi Hippies,

      All new Hipsters, WELCOME!

      Toots and Maggie re: Thank you for everything you've stated: I DITTO!!!!

      Toots, how are you Lass?

      Active Love to All Hippies,

      XOX,

      Zen

    • profile image

      Toots UK 4 years ago

      Hi hippies, I'm just checking in really. I still like to read all the posts even 16 months post-op! And of course I watch out for posts from my hippy friends Maggie, Barbara, Zenzen and all. Great that there are new voices on here keeping this excellent forum going, and it's brilliant to hear how you are all doing - well, on the whole, but with the same ol' niggles (sleeping, putting socks on, limping, bum ache .....). It's the people that make the forum, I say. I doubt our good friend Will Apse could ever have known how many hippies there were out there seeking connection!

      I'm in a minority having had hip replacement due to breast cancer mets and I had a lateral incision which means my gun is in my side pocket. It feels more like a scrunched up tissue these days. At 15 months I am pretty good at walking around although recently I did Tai Chi and was told that my left shoulder was too tensed up. This took me right back to the days of physio when Tim (lovely but steely determined bloke- remembered with fondness and wincing) told me I was carrying the weight of the world on my left shoulder. This was from a right hip replacement. So now my efforts to think 'shoulder' in all situations have re-doubled. Tai chi guy told me think regal and expansive, but as regal seems to mean someone with the runs just at the moment I might give that a miss (over-the-pond friends-the queen has a tummy bug).

      By the way, I would recommend tai chi as good exercise which doesn't seem vigorous but is pretty searching - searches out all your inner tensions.:)

      Best wishes to all new and less new hippies.

    • profile image

      FrankB 4 years ago

      I'm 8 weeks out from THR surgery. Put down all walking aids about 3 weeks ago. Joining a gym is great 'cause you can walk in bad weather. I try to walk about .75 mile every weekday and pretty much rest on the weekends. If I sit too long I get some stiffness but that goes away with resumed walking. I can now see you must push through some minor discomfort with the PT. No pain, no gain. Building up weak muscles is work and takes determination and persistence to stick with the program. My back muscles were very weak ( I suffered much pain 12 months prior to surgery and could not walk hardly at all) and have been strengthened by exercising. I started with the stationary bike 15 minutes at easiest setting, then on to the treadmill with the walking (at least 15 minutes at 2.5 mph or whatever feels right). After just a couple of weeks in the gym I feel a huge difference. If you aren't a gym person my suggestion is simple...become one! You'll be glad you did. I have enjoyed reading others experiences with this, I'm glad to be a part of this community! Thanks and Be Blessed!

    • profile image

      Maggie 4 years ago

      Cindy, HUZZAH! Now, you'll just continue to get better and better from here on out. Don't you feel as if you've been let out of jail? Yeah, you do.:-) Keep moving!

      Tony, look at you! You've had a stellar recovery you total gym-rat "Wild Man Hippie Rockstar! " You must feel like a kid again; cool! Pssst: Trust me, you didn't miss a damn thing by NOT having the "Gun in your pocket." Or a golf ball or wallet as I've also heard it described, though gun definitely has more cache. Personally, I thought it felt like a large rock imbedded in my arse, but I'm not very poetic. Bottom line (pun intended) it's a drag with a capital "D."

      Azhippie, I had major problems adducting for months. It's not typical, but also not unusual. In other words; it happens. We don't all experience the exact same post-surgical problems, but we do all experience crappy sleep, pain and some level of frustration and impatience. Patience rules, but in the interim, keep pushing those nasty adductors even when they don't behave. One fine day they'll actually wake-up.:-) It's rather shocking when they do; hah! Anthony's suggestion for sleeping are excellent.

      Mischa, you're doing very well walking that far with one crutch; kudos! I'd think soon you'll be dissing that for a cane/stick. Ditto what Anthony said about injuring your other leg. Be kind to it for a bit by using both crutches until it's back to normal. I'm sure it's just a muscle strain from all your effort. Follow the R.I.C.E. protocol to get it back in shape; Rest, Ice, Compress, Elevate.

      Zen, I expect you'll become swan-like with grace in another month. You've had enough Penguin Gait for two lifetimes, so it's time for something a bit more stylish, eh? As Lynn would say, "Glide." Pretty soon, you'll be cycling everywhere.:-)

      Sending warm recovery vibes to all!

    • profile image

      Anthony8 4 years ago

      Hi Mischa,

      It sounds like you are progressing nicely. At 6 weeks, being able to walk a mile easily with one crutch is awesome!

      Sorry to hear about the sprain. You might want to think about using two crutches until the good leg heals, as the second crutch will help you limit the stress on the sprained leg. It should not set back your progress as the one crutch you are using now is designed to keep the strain off your op-leg. And you can use the second crutch only as much as you need to to avoid walking funny (which can lead to further injury) and pain.

      Good luck and keep posting!

      Tony

    • profile image

      Anthony8 4 years ago

      Hi Az,

      Congrats on getting the surgery behind you and hopping on the road to recovery (no "hopping" though!). Not sure exactly what your issues are, but you are still less than one month post-op, so try not to get too anxious about this - sounds like you are on track. I had the anterior approach, and the doc and PT folks discouraged me from doing adduction or abduction exercises until I hit 12 weeks. This did not slow down my overall recovery though.

      You're probably gonna need the pillow between your legs if you sleep on your side for at least 12 weeks. As I said in an earlier post, if you can sleep on a sofa or against something in bed that will prop you up on your side at a 45-degree angle to start, and have the large pillows between your legs to protect against crossing your leg over the center-line of your body, I believe you can try different positions at this point. I started practicing these positions lying on the couch watching tv, and I was so sick of sleeping on my back, that it was a Godsend.

      Hope you will post often and keep us updated on your progress. :-)

    • profile image

      Mischa 4 years ago

      Hi there! I haven't posted here before but I've been reading for the last month or so.

      Today is the 6 week mark for me so I'm just starting to try out new things that I haven't done before. I live in the UK and 6 weeks is kind of the marker point for loads of things we're not meant to do before then! So I've slept on my back for the past 6 weeks but am now trying on my side with a pillow between my legs and am bending a little more etc.

      It's great to hear other peoples' stories. I'm only 31, so am quite keen to get mobile again!

      I'm still using one crutch most of the time (is this normal?) but can walk over a mile quite comfortably using it. One thing that's holding me back though is that I've sprained a muscle in my 'good' leg, so at the moment I'm hobbling around like a deranged penguin! I'm guessing it's because I've been putting more strain on it than usual what with doing everything so differently.

      It's nice to hear everybody's stories. Sounds like it really is different for everyone and that everybody gets better at a different rate. x

    • profile image

      azhippi 4 years ago

      had anterior hip relaced on 2/14 /13 still having adduction issues . anyone have any input on how long it may take to get that back. Nights stink and it is nice to know that it is not just me. your blogs are great!

    • profile image

      Anthony8 4 years ago

      Cindy,

      A huge congrats on having your precautions lifted! That is a huge day for any hipster :-)

      On the "keep moving" front, I think that is soooo important! I joined a Planet Fitness gym at the end of December - got a great deal at $99 for a whole year, and I have been making the most of it. I keep one day (sometimes two) of rest in between workout days, but never more than that as I can feel the difference even after two days off vs. one.

      I'm at 18 weeks, and do 20-minutes on the treadmill at 3.4 mph - 5 minutes of that at a 5% incline and then I do 5 minutes each on the elliptical and stationary bike. After that I do 30-minutes of weight training on their 10-station circuit. It feels like a great workout. I get my heart rate up, work up a pretty good sweat and feel so much stronger than I did a couple of months ago. I actually feel better than I have in 20 years.

      The only discomfort I get these days is when I first stand up after sitting for awhile, especially later on my gym day. I can feel stiffness in the muscles around my hip for the first couple of steps I take. After those first two or three steps, I can walk without pain or a limp.

      The exercise is promoting the healing and strength in my hip. I have been shoveling snow and doing physical labor on off-days - stuff I haven't been able to do for years.

      My advice to everyone is not to overdo it (if you feel pain, slow down), but within your precautions, do as much as you can. IT WILL HELP. :-)

      Tony

    • ZenZen profile image

      ZenZen 4 years ago

      Hi Hippies,

      Cindy, CONGRATULATIONS!!! You've reached another milestone. They will continue piling up. Keep moving.

      My penguin gait is almost gone now. Thanks to PT, and bicycle, and small dog needing adventures in snow-banks, and Family. :)

      It's sooo good to hear everyone so positive. Thanks Hallega for the PMA injection.

      Thanks to all of you, this long winding road is actually funnish.

      Active Healing Wishes,

      XOX,

      Zen

    • profile image

      Cindy 4 years ago

      Billy, thanks for explaining that. That description, is exactly how it feels.

      Well, today was my last day of PT and they did lift the precautions and I really feel like this can only get better. It didn't feel like I would ever get to this point.

      I certainly understand more know why all of you say, keep moving. I can see myself losing ground if I don't continue to move. Can't wait now till the weather lets us get out and do some hiking, had to sit out last year, but I feel like I will be ready to get up and get moving.

    • profile image

      Anthony8 4 years ago

      Billy,

      That is way cool - almost makes me wish i had the posterior approach!...haha...

      Before I was able to go to PT and the gym, my muscles had atrophied so much that I could feel the difference when I would rub the right and left hip, but since my leg muscles have gotten larger, they feel about the same. They must do a pretty good job designing these prostheses (is that a word? :-)

      Hope all you hippies are feeling better every day!

      Tony

    • profile image

      Billy 4 years ago

      For those of us who had the posterior approach, its that "rock" feeling you have when you lie on the operated hip. I think it is a combo of the deep gluteal incision and the hardware ! My PT told me it usually goes away in 6 months. I just love the "gun in the hip" expression!

    • profile image

      Anthony8 4 years ago

      Billy,

      What is the "gun on the hip?"

      Cindy,

      I slept on the couch and used the back of the couch to support me as I laid partially on my side to start, and then gradually progressed to be able to sleep fully on my side. I would switch sides several times during the night and used the back of the couch to put me in a position that reduced the pain in the hip

      I would continue to keep a pillow(s) between your knees, just to insure you don't cross your legs in your sleep. Although they say your precautions are generally lifted at 12 weeks, you don't want to do something in your sleep that could place an unnecessary strain on your hip.

      Trust that things will not only get back to normal soon, but will be better than they were before your surgery - keep the faith! :-)

      Tony

    • profile image

      Maggie 4 years ago

      Billy, took me about 6 months, but I'm SLOW!

    • profile image

      Billy 4 years ago

      I forget....how long does it take for the "gun in the hip" to disappear? Love that term !

    • profile image

      Maggie 4 years ago

      Cindy, you only have one more week left of following the dreadful precautions! Rejoice!

      I slept on my OP side from Day 3 forward. Yes, it hurt. Yes, it was difficult to get into that position. But, it was the ONLY way I could catch some serious zzzz's, because it is my preferred sleeping position. I asked my home PT person how I could successfully get into that position without compromising my hip and it worked. As to it hurting, sometimes, 16 months later, it still does, but not often. Regardless, I still like sleeping in that position. Everyone's experience with these types of post-op discomforts is radically different; no one has an identical recovery process. If you'd like specific instructions on how to achieve this position without injuring your new hip, I'll be happy to provide them.

      As you know, the bending precaution is put in place to prevent dislocation.....don't want that, right? No, you don't, LOL. Once the precautions are lifted (just one more week for you!) and you are free to bend, your body will tell you in no uncertain terms how much it likes or dislikes bending. It's very vocal.:-) The grabber tool is your best friend, as is what I think of as "The Ballerina Bend." I'm sure you are now very familiar with that move.:-) Think of it this way; even without a bionic hip, bending from the waist to the floor is really bad news. It puts enormous stress on the spine and leads to all kinds of back injury. It makes one a PT person's *dream.* On the other hand, squatting, using your legs to bend/lift rather than your back is the safest way to get something off the floor. That said, you'll probably find that difficult initially, but it improves over time. I recall the first time I tried squatting in a grocery store and couldn't get back up.:-)

      Cherokee, how nice to hear we've helped you along in your recovery journey! Did you say you've had no PT and are only 3 weeks post-op? I think you did, but unfortunately, cannot look back on this website. Will you be eligible for outpatient PT once you can drive at around 4-6 weeks? I hope so, 'cuz it really makes a big difference to your recovery. If not, check back and we can provide you with some of the needed exercises. In the interim, just walk as much as possible. Best of luck!

    • ZenZen profile image

      ZenZen 4 years ago

      Cindy,

      PATIENCE!!!!!!

      Please read previous posts.

      XOX,

      Active Healing Hippies,

      Zen

    • profile image

      Cindy 4 years ago

      I am really getting frustrated. I still have precautions, no bending and no crossing legs, I can live without crossing my legs, but not the bending. PT keeps telling me it will be a long time before I can bend. I did have the posterior surgery. It has been 11 weeks since my surgery, and I don't see my OS until May. Also, when does it start feeling good enough to sleep on the operated side. This is probably the second time in the 11 weeks that I have become frustrated, I don't know if I am just trying to hurry things along or if they are just being cautious. I think my husband is eve loosing patience with me, I guess we both want things to go back to normal.

    • profile image

      Cherokee Rose 4 years ago

      I want to thank everyone for their positive comments here. I found this hub by accident. I fell and broke my hip and the dr. says I will recover fine because I am young (64) but I have to say that it has been up hill emotionally especially since I did not get any out of hospital PT or exercises given to me. I am moving around OK tho it has been a bit over 3 weeks since the surgery. All I want is to get my life back. Now I know that it WILL happen. Thanks!

    • profile image

      Anthony8 4 years ago

      Hi C,

      I completely understand your fear - I am 53 and my THR 16 weeks ago, was the first surgery I had ever undergone. I had never been under anesthesia - everything was unknown and scary. I will share some recommendations for things I did to reduce my fear and contribute to the excellent outcome I am experiencing.

      1. Find a great surgeon and have the procedure performed at the best possible hospital. I did a lot of research, mostly online RE hospitals and surgeons - spoke to others who had the same surgery, etc. Knowing I had an excellent doctor and would be at the best hospital in the event of a complication, really reduced my anxiety. The folks I was dealing with, were so on top of every phase of the process prior to the actual operation, I became more and more relaxed as my surgery got closer!

      2. If you have the option, I would find a surgeon who uses the "anterior approach", meaning the incision is slightly forward on the hip, rather than in the rear. The precautions and restrictions post-surgery are generally less - I only had a couple of them - no crossing legs and no full weight bearing until my 5-week follow up. I was told I would have had more restrictions and a higher chance of dislocation if my surgeon had used the posterior approach.

      3. If you have the time, DEFINITELY do PT for 1-2 months PRIOR to your surgery. It made a huge difference in my strength going into the surgery and in my recovery since. This is something I learned about online as well, so you can look it up! :-)

      4. Follow the docs advice post-surgery, but move as much as possible. If you have strengthened your muscles doing pre-op PT, it will make this easier. Do the exercises they give you multiple times per day, move your legs and feet while you are laying down watching TV or reading, etc. - this will reduce the chance of a blood clot. And most importantly, get up and walk every hour or so with your walker, crutches or cane. Simply put: do what they will let you do AS MUCH AS YOU CAN.

      THR is one of the most frequently performed surgeries and along with cataract surgery, has the highest satisfaction rate. I feel like it has given me my life back. Try to relax and focus on the fact that until you have surgery, you will be deteriorating, and once you have had surgery, you will be improving. You will be one of the awesome success stories here in the near future. Good luck!

      Tony

    • ZenZen profile image

      ZenZen 4 years ago

      Hi Hipsters,

      KEEP MOVING!

      XOX,

      ZEN

    • profile image

      Cindy 4 years ago

      Allison, I remember those nights all too well. I tried one of those body pillows and yes, it was too large. Just used pillows, so that I could lay on the non op side when my back was aching. Some nights I would get up and just walk a bit before laying back down.

      I am now 10 weeks out and am feeling pretty good, have one more week of PT. My frustration is in the not being able to bend. My OS has said still no bending the PT folks have said I could use the golfer's bend, which I do, but it is still frustrating. Walking a little better, still have a slight limp, but not too bad. I have to admit that this is the first day I felt like I over did it though, so didn't go into work today, I needed the rest. A little apprehensive about what will happen after PT, I know they will be giving me exercises to follow and I am suppose to walk 20 minutes a day. It is a little hard to walk outside yet, and I don't want to join a gym, because I know I would never go. So how do I stay motivated to keep up with the exercises.

    • profile image

      hallega (lynn) 4 years ago

      Allison, how well I remember those long nights too! It's about the only thing that really got on my nerves. I bought a special cushion but that was awful (too big) and so I just used a small soft cushion between my knees and larger ones to stop me rolling over too far, it's such a relief when you can actually lay on the op side although it felt like a gun in my pocket for some time afterwards. 15 months on it's almost all forgotten and for those who are about to undergo this op...don't be scared..it will all be over before you know it and you'll be skipping again by the summer. PMA everyone,( positive mental attitude) x

    • profile image

      Allison 4 years ago

      Two weeks post-op for me today. I had the staples removed today and there was almost NO pain. YAY! The walker already feels like it's just getting in the way, and I'm ready to ditch it. I suppose I'll ask about that on Friday when my PT comes next. I'm really, really ready to get out of the house, but my PT doesn't really want me doing that unless it's just a car ride for drive through food or something like that. I think I'm about to go stir crazy! I know I'll make it, though. :) I'm still having major issues sleeping, though. I just can't get comfortable because I can't sleep in my normal position. I mean, I'm able to function during the day, but the nights are long and annoying.

    • profile image

      Billy 4 years ago

      Hi C....do not be scared. Just make sure that your operation is being done by a TEAM of physicians (OS and Anesthesiologists) who work together often. Both of my hips were done under spinal anesthesia, and everything went very well because this is their preferred method for many reasons. I also recommend it ! I also recommend a hit of Versed after your IV has been inserted. After that, there is good sailing through it all !

    • profile image

      4 years ago

      i am very scared about having my hip replaced. i have only had one op in my life and that was for my tonsils

    • profile image

      serenity35 4 years ago

      Zen I too am thinking of going back to my PT for a bit. I really feel it is not my Hip as that pain would not come and go if it was something serious and after taking Advil it usually goes away. So Im thinking it has more to do with my CP and I just need help properly stretching out those muscles and tendons. Allison...I promise you are going to feel a 100% better very soon. If your noticing a difference not even two weeks in thats a really good sign. As far as the patience thing, I can totally relate, sometimes we are our worst enemy. Best of luck to you all :D

    • ZenZen profile image

      ZenZen 4 years ago

      Hi All Hipsters,

      Serenity, I'm hoping this info is useful to you. I'm 49, had THR - R side Jan 4, 2012. THR-L side July 26, 2012. (OsteoArthritis from accident in my 20's???). I've infrequently experienced the icicle sensation down thru leg bones on cold damp days. My issues are, "growing pains" and "penguin gait". I'm diligently doing PT for that now , I just started formal PT a couple weeks ago and have noticed a marked improvement. Maybe PT is something you need. Good luck.

      Billy, welcome! Now that you've spilled the beans on your profession...:)) It looks like you and I are on a similar journey. Break a leg. LOL!

      Maggie, as always Bravo! Your are an inspiration!

      Active Healing wishes to All Hippies,

      XOX,

      Zen

    • profile image

      Allison 4 years ago

      Serenity, I'm 29 and just had a hip replacement about 1 1/2 week ago. I had hip problems as a child and major hip surgery at age 9 because my hips were out of the sockets. And I've had various other problems too, just nothing actually diagnosed that ties everything together! I feel like in many ways, I'm already walking better than I was before surgery, but I'm already sick and tired of everything and I'm not even two weeks out! So you are not the youngest one on here. Some of us just have more problems than others! I hope your problem turns out to be nothing and that it corrects itself.

    • profile image

      serenity35 4 years ago

      Maggie & Billy

      Thanks for the reply both very informative :) Im going to give it a little longer to see my Ortho Surgeon as it could be a number of things so in the next few weeks going to try to narrow it down so I can better explain myself to him. Im not sure who asked but the reason for my THR at such a yound age is I have a mild case of Cerebral Palsy. I have never let that slow me down and have been active all my life, including keeping up with my now 8yrs old daugther and 12 yr old son :) I basically wore myself out haha But I have no regrets about that and well the hip replacement either. I took things slow for a few months or well holidays made things busy and I only start really working out full speed again a month ago. maybe Im just over doing it and not stretching properly?! AS it seems more of a muscle tendon thing then directly in my hip! Any other suggestions or advice please please let me know what you think! :) All the best!!

    • profile image

      Maggie 4 years ago

      Zen, we were BURIED under 30 inches of white stuff with that blizzard and had 4-5 drifts ath the end of our driveway. We did lose power for 24 hours, but thankfully, had wood in the house for the fireplace and a gas stove, so could make the all imortant morning java.:-)

      Interestingly, yes, I did actually do some shoveling, though I really don't recommend it, LOL. It did not bother my hip, but the back objected.

      Serenity, welcome! Ditto what Billy stated about checking in with your surgeon. It's possible (though hopefully unlikely) that something has occurred with your hip; loosening is the first thing that comes to my mind.

      I had a somewhat similar experience to you, as follows: THR 16 months ago. The first 6 months, I saw steady improvement and by 8 months, was almost back to *normal.* By that I mean, able to do many physical around the shack such as painting my kitchen 15 times that meant 6 hours a day on my feet and lots of bending. I was also walking a couple of miles daily, cycling a bit and swimming. I did still have some aches and pains, but, I'm 60, so didn't think much of it. My biggest complaint was sitting for lengthy periods of time; couldn't sit comfortably for more than hour or drive comfortably for more than hour.

      I had a *perfect* annual hip X-Ray in October 2012. I mentioned my arse aches to the surgeon, and he said "It's not your hip, it's your back." He seemed to make this statement off the cuff; no MRI and not much of an exam. He ordered an epidural steroid injection into a lower lumbar facet. I didn't act on it immediately, because I felt it was ordered in haste and didn't feel comfortable doing so without a more thorough evaluation. Roughly a week later, I started to experience pain from the butt to the foot. It started as discomfort, but quickly advanced to pain and weakness on the OP leg. As a result, I consulted with a neurologist, and had every possible test to determine if my hip was failing. It was not. The problem is indeed my back and I've had an SI Joint Injection that helped quite a bit. I'm due for another in about a week and am looking forward to feeling *normal* again!

      The point of this long-winded tale is that very often, back issues can manifest in much the same way as our former hip problems. The areas of pain and weakness are almost identical. It can even be confusing to physicians, unless they have all the test evidence in front of them.

      At any rate, don't ignore it, call your surgeon and make sure the hip is still ok. It actually is possible that things may have changed since September. You may need a Bone Scan in addition to more X-Rays to make that determination. I also needed a Bone Density test, but I doubt you would unless you have a history of Osteoporosis. The Bone Scan in conjunction with blood work were used to rule out infection and tumors. Both of these are rare, but when feeling the way I did, it was relief to have them removed from the list of possible suspects.

      My impression is that *loosening* of the hip components does occur in roughly 10% of Hippies, with women being the primary victims. Small odds, but it does happen. If you are thin or have a relatively flat-arse, you are more subject to the achiness according to my surgeon and PT. If I'd been told that pre-op, I would've fattened-up, LOL.

      I was truly relieved to know for certain that my hip had remained intact and the problem was related to a long-standing back issue instead. I know that might sound looney, but I really didn't want a repeat hip op!

      Other common achy-breaky problems post-op are bursitis and sciatica, both of which can be relieved in a variety of ways without a knife.:-)

      Last, but not least, yes, it can take some individuals up to 24 months for complete recovery. It's unusual, but not unheard of, so that's another possibility. However, the part of that doesn't fit for you (or for me) is that we were doing well, then suddenly, went into retrograde recovery-wise. Or so it seemed to me. Some nerves that were *offended* during the OP can take that long to recover. In rare cases, they never fully recover, but the lkey word here is rare.

      I hope this information hasn't scared you witless; not my intention at all. It's just so important to realize what possibilities exist, who to see, what tests are needed and what your options are. It's also important to know you are not alone in this experience, eh?

      We've seen only one or two posters here quite some time ago, that did need a re-do on their original surgery. If my memory is working properly, both were women. There are many technical reasons why women are more subject to this problem, but no need to delve into that unless such is the case for you.

      Best of luck and please come back to tell us your results.:-)

      P.S.: I've met others who have said the cold affects their hip negatively. I live in the Boston area (cold and damp, like NS) and I think perhaps it does to some extent, but only in a small way, not to the extent you are describing.

    • profile image

      Billy 4 years ago

      Hi Serenity......I am 15 months status post right THR and 7 weeks left THR, so I have some experience in this field. I am also a physician. While it is true that people heal at different rates you are very young to be going backwards. The first thing I would say to you is to speak to your OS. You may need another x-ray to make sure things still look good. If he signs off that all is good, get with a good physical therapist. I would also make sure that your blood work is good, so see your internist. Might you be doing too much? Why did you get a thr at such a young age?

      For the rest of you, I am doing well after seven weeks this Monday. Burning up the treadmill! I got a good report at my OS this week and have now begun outpatient PT. It's interesting that my left leg is so much weaker than my right side. It used to be the other way around. Now I have plenty of left sided exercises. I am really looking forward to spring, warm temperatures, and two titanium hips!

    • profile image

      serenity35 4 years ago

      Hi Guys :)

      I am 36 from NS, Canada and had a THR a year ago last September. I recovered very well and seen a huge difference almost immediately after surgery. I did all my rehab as required and 3 months after sugery even joined a gym. It was a slow process but after 6 months I had never felt better. I went for my 12 month check up this past Sept, still feeling great. However as this fall/winter started to set in I started feeling sore and stiff shortly after my 12 month check up as if I had arthiris in my hip again. Could this be the cause of the weather. I often joke that its the frost growing on my hip but now Im wondering if there may be some truth to this. The pain and stiffness comes and goes and my xray at the 12 month mark showed everything looked wonderful. My new hip has started to feel weak again ( the same feeling the first few months after surgery) or the muscles around it(ie joint pain, tiredness etc.) , again this depends on the temperature outside or how much I have done for physical activity(which by the way is a normal amount ie 30mins of walking or swimming) . Just wondering if anyone has had the similar experience. I feel like I am going backwards in recovery and it worries me. I was stronger 6 months ago then what I am now, and this confuses me as I have not changed anything, other than freezing in our beautiful winter temperatures haha. So to end I guess my questions are has anyone experienced anything similar? Does recovery for some take longer than a year? and last but not least even with a FHR do you ever fully recovery from that joint/muscle discomfort or stiffness totally? Thanks a bunch everyone! Glad I found this forum!! :D

    • ZenZen profile image

      ZenZen 4 years ago

      Thank you Maggie! :)))))

      It's kind of slippery on the Toronto streets right now, so I'm balancing my cycling with walking for groceries and PT and whatever else I need to brave the cold dead of winter world for.

      I'm progressing really well...All things considered. Butt is not rock hard yet...but becoming so. :)

      How was the storm for you ? Could you shovel? Did you have power outage?

      Loving Activity Hippies.

      XOX,

      Zen

    • profile image

      Maggie 4 years ago

      Wow, just look at all the Hippie Rockstars here; I'm blinded by the light!

      Tony, kudos on graduating from PT! You've had a textbook recovery and that makes you uber-cool, LOL. Don't let it go to you head though, eh?

      Billy, You. Are. Astonishing! Truly, you are! You'll be dancing by this weekend.

      Allison, you made it through with flying colors! I only had those pump gizmos on my one night in the hospital. I was sent home with the loathesome Teds instead, to be used for 12 weeks; aaacck! Each surgeon has their *special* differences with home precautions, but soon, those pump gizmos will feel like a bad dream....over in a flash. Hang in there and focus on how good you'll feel this summer!

      Weiman, that may have been the longest awaited bath in history....hope it measured up? LOL!

      Zen, how ARE you? Cycling everywhere and on top of the world? Raising a toast to your brick-hard butt, LOL!

      Toots, how are you feeling?

      Sending *Special Healing Pixie Dust* to all in need.

    • ZenZen profile image

      ZenZen 4 years ago

      Hi Allison,

      Just move as much as you are able to...but don't stop. I know it hurts. Things will get better rapidly, then slow down. Patience is the virtue, combined with activity. Those and us Hipsters will help carry you through.

      I'm 49 and have had 2 THR's this past yearish. I know from whence I speak. Tough it out. It's worth it.

      I just got back from PT and my butt cheeks are hard! :)))))))))))))))

      Same goes to all you Hippies out there.

      XOX,

      Love,

      Zen

    • profile image

      Allison 4 years ago

      One week post surgery for me today... Pain was actually worse last night and this morning than it's been in awhile. Perhaps due to the new exercises in PT. But I'm still doing really well. I'm only taking pain meds twice per day. I'm already (at times) walking with one foot in front of the other and just pushing the walker ahead of me! I still have my pump and am counting down the days like you would not believe. Still have some swelling and it gets worse in the evenings, but seems to be getting slightly better each day. I'm already sick and tired of this and it's only week one. I'll survive, right? :)

    • profile image

      Anthony8 4 years ago

      Thanks, Zen - that's sweet. :-)

      I have been pretty lucky and am very grateful for all the help I have gotten in this forum, which really eased a lot of my apprehension.

      Tony

    • ZenZen profile image

      ZenZen 4 years ago

      Tony,

      I'll pipe Maggie and Barbara. YOU ARE A HIPPIE ROCKSTAR! Bravo.

      Same Love to All,

      Zen

    • profile image

      Anthony8 4 years ago

      Hey Guys,

      I went to PT this morning and they told me I had progressed to the point that they feel comfortable releasing me. I will still hit the gym 3-4 times per week, but it will be nice to be done with the supervised therapy part of my recovery. This Wednesday will mark 15 weeks post-op.

      Hope everyone is feeling a little better every day!

      Tony

    • ZenZen profile image

      ZenZen 4 years ago

      Rock on all you Hippies!

      Keep moving...Whatever it takes. MOVE!!!

      Toots, you made my belly ache with laughter. Bless you!

      Happy Belated Valentine's Day to All.

      XOX,

      Zen

    • profile image

      Billy 4 years ago

      Wow...Allison you even beat me. I was in the hospital for only two days. I had the boots while in the hospital, but then the Teds and two weeks of heparin Injections. I am now 5 1/2 weeks out and doing well. No crutches for two weeks and driving. Going to my OS check- up on Tuesday. Oh yes, got rid of the toilet seat raiser this morning. I am still sore and tight in the posterior hip especially in the morning, but this is he drill. Time will heal all!

    • profile image

      Anthony8 4 years ago

      hey allison!...congratulations on your successful surgery!!!...i knew you'd do great, but it's amazing you were home in one day!....

      i had the pump for the few days i was in the hospital and it was a bit annoying...then, when they let me out, i had to give myself the injections around the belly once a day for two weeks...the idea of it was worse than the shots themselves, as the needle is so thin i couldn't even feel it go in...the syringes are pre-filled and disposable, so it wasn't a bother...and it was the type of blood thinner that did not require blood tests, so that was good...all that being said, i was also happy to be done with them after two weeks! :-)

      i was surprised, but when i got home on day 3, the doc did not require the pump or even stockings - just the shots and leg exercises to help keep clots from forming...also, they wanted me to get up and move around every hour or so for the same reason, which i did for the most part...

      every doc and patient is different, so i would follow the doc's advice...as tough as some of the post-op stuff is, i found that the time flew by and precautions got diminished pretty quickly...i just hit week 14 and aside from some muscle soreness when i first get up on my feet, i am feeling great...you will too - hang in there!

      tony

    • profile image

      vivbin uk 4 years ago

      Glad your op went well Allison. Didn't have the pump, only the dreaded stockings. I can still feel them like some ghostly being 8 months on.

      Your progress sounds amazing. All the best,

    • profile image

      Toots UK 4 years ago

      Great progress Allison. I didn't have a pump - sounds interesting. But had to inject myself with anti-coagulant each night. I was fine with it to start with but it's not pleasant having to attack yourself in the belly with a sharp implement. I was really glad to see the back of the injections. The other thing was the stockings - very uncomfortable- and a pain to get on.

    • profile image

      Allison 4 years ago

      Well, I had my surgery yesterday morning (Wednesday) and believe it or not, I am already home tonight, Thursday! I was able to walk 150 feet with the walker, go up and down a couple of stairs, and pain has been minimal. But now for the next 8 days or so, I have to put up with these "active care pump" things that squeeze my legs every few seconds. It's to prevent blood clots, so I know I have to do it, but it's entirely annoying. Did any of you have these pumps?

    • wieman351 profile image

      wieman351 4 years ago from harvey,La

      Hey everyone, it has been almost 1 1/2 years (16 months to be exact) since my THR surgery on my right hip and I just took a bath. Ok, that sounded gross. I actually got into my bath tub and took a bath. I have been taking showers and I've been so afraid to EVEN attempt to get into my bath tub. So today, about 5 mins. ago, I threw all caution to the wind and attempted it. I was very successful and it was a very enjoyable bath. It's a shame how simple little things like this can be very difficult and even painful for people like us. Well, like they say: "You have to crawl before you can walk".

    • profile image

      Anthony8 4 years ago

      I'm with Cindy on the wait-and-see, but I wouldn't be surprised if your partner feels up to traveling at 11 weeks. Most docs remove most precautions by 12 weeks, so if he is diligent about rehab and doesn't have any complications, he should be feeling pretty good by then.

      This is for Cindy too - I have been amazed at how I might not feel up to something or cannot do something physically one day, and then 3 days later, I CAN DO THAT THING! Your body has an amazing ability to heal itself, so don't give up hope.

      One last thing, I think your partner might benefit from doing some pre-hab prior to surgery. I am 53 and it helped me immensely and along with having a great surgeon, is the thing that has most helped me recover so quickly.

      Hope this helps! Good luck

      Tony

    • profile image

      Cindy 4 years ago

      Allison, you will do fine, keep up your spirits. I did not have to use that abduction pillow second day out, never used it again. I have never had any kind of surgery before (age 59) not even a broken bone, so I was extremely nervous about having THR. Went a lot smoother that I thought. However, first day after surgery I had pain and wondered why I did this, the pain was worse than what I had been experiencing. Several days later, hardly any pain and was feeling great. Just keep your positive attitude.

      I returned to work this week. I was a little tired by the end of the week, thank goodness they gave us a snow day today. I have a very generous boss. Therapy is 3 days a week and I actually look forward to it. Since returning to work and doing the OPT, I feel really upbeat and very happy now that I did this. Sure the first few weeks are miserable and they don't tell you how hard it is to get into the car when they take you home from the hospital, but two weeks later when I went to the OS office, a lot easier to move those legs.

      I am 7 weeks out now, went to PT this morning and told to stop depending on my cane so much, guess I am walking better than I thought. I can even resume some of the things I used to do, I am a weaver and spinner and I can do both now. Who would have thought only after these 7 weeks things would be going along so well.

      Babs, I am sure your partner will do fine, attitude is a big part of the healing process. After reading some of the posts here, I had to get off my pity wagon and say I can do this. Sure, you have to sleep on your back, and do certain things to protect yourself but it is worth it. You will just have to play it out to see if he is up to traveling like that 11 weeks after surgery. I am at seven weeks out right now and I know from my own experience, I have come quite far, but not certain I would be up to traveling, but it will depend on how well he is doing. Good luck to you.

    • profile image

      Babs227ga 4 years ago

      my partner is having THP on Monday. I've scoured the web looking for Hip Replacement for Dummies to no avail! lol It finally dawned on me to find a site like this-I still belong to one from when my dachshund was paralyzed. SO - we have the downstairs guest ready to go, borrowed raised shower seat, walker and cane from family and found a raised potty on Craigslist. I have a bag packed for the hospital with sweatpants, tees, socks with grippy dots, nuts and vitamin water. Might have to replace nuts after constipation concerns. I think we have everything ready we can - yes I'm a planner and semi professional organizer :)

      My biggest question/concern is sadly $$$. He is the primary bread winner and we don't want to use 100% vaca/sick days if we can help it. Plus - call me selfish, my parents are taking us with them to Paris 11 weeks out and we really want to go! Brian's Bmi was too high to qualify for anterior so what is a good timeline we can use as a barometer for his rehab? I see anthony8 is zipping along pretty well - any others? He is 51, national safety manager for construction company out of ATL and was pretty mobile...thx in advance for any tips and advice. I've already added some to my notes for Dr. Brook (female)

    • profile image

      Anthony8 4 years ago

      Hi Allison,

      Try not to worry - you're gonna do great. They made me go through cardiac tests pre-op as I suffer from high blood pressure, and you can bet they will make sure you are A-okay before surgery.

      Maggie mentioned socks and it reminded me that I have not been able to put a sock on my right foot for at least 5 or 6 years. I think I may have to use a sock-aid permanently. I just don't have the flexibility, and it is hard ti imagine I will gain too much more.

      The good news is I hit the 3-month mark today and my PT says I only need to to have therapy one day next week - I am just about done. I am still a little stiff when I first stand up, but after a few steps, I can walk well without a limp.

      In the "oops' category, I hopped out of my SUV today and the car was on a slope so the drop was higher than I expected and I landed some of my weight on my op-leg and felt a slight twinge. It seemed fine afterward, so I don't think I damaged anything.

      Hope anyone who may be affected by the upcoming blizzard in the northeastern U.S. stays safe and warm!

      Tony

    • profile image

      Allison 4 years ago

      Thanks for all the encouragement!

      Well, I am very fortunate that I still live at home with my parents, who are in better shape than I am! [I'm 29] (That's a bit embarrassing to admit... :) ) As part of my "hip kit" they have given me some special elastic shoelaces, and I'll have someone who could help me with that. Same with the household and kitchen stuff. I have been so blessed with an amazing family!

      As far as sleeping is concerned, I figure if I made it through 6 weeks in a body cast when I was 9, I think I can make it through this too! For those not familiar with a "body cast" it's NOT like they show in the movies. You know that abduction pillow you have to have between your legs right after surgery? Well, imagine your legs being in a cast in that position. I couldn't even sit upright for 6 weeks! So I keep reminding myself that I made it through all of that when I get overwhelmed.

      Found out today that thanks to the mild heart murmur I had as a child that no one has even mentioned in 10 years, and have been told isn't there anymore, I have to see a cardiologist before my surgery now. As if my over analytical mind (Miss OAM, as I affectionately call her) needs one more thing to worry about. I mean, I get it. I know it's better to be safe than sorry. (Plus I figure if I'm going to reach my out of pocket max this year, might as well get the full work-up done, right?) But it still gives my mind one more thing to think/worry about.

    • profile image

      Maggie 4 years ago

      Cyndi, my apologies! My slightly addled brain addressed you as Vicki.

    • profile image

      Maggie 4 years ago

      Toots, HUZZAH! I'm giving you a "Standing Ovation," from Beantown this morning.:-) That flapping noise you hear iacross the Atlantic is not a flock of rowdy gulls, it's my clapping your astonishing victory against so many difficult odds in this lengthy battle. No more pain meds is HUGE! Little b..strd cells *cornered* and controlled.... even better!

      It's a week today since I had my SI Joint injection and I can't believe the astonishing improvement so far; woot! I'd say I've achieved roughly 70% pain relief to date and the bennies should reach their peak next Monday. I may need another injection in a month, but if so, I'll have no reservations about going along with the program. I won't even cuss when they jab the first needle in. Well,...ok, maybe just one choice word, LOL.

      Allison, I had my surgery 16 months ago, but I too felt overwhelmed pre-surgery at what seemed like an enormity of almost impossible to follow restrictions. Guess what? It's very easy.:-) Your body will absolutely let you know in no uncertain terms when you've made a *wrong* move during the first 12 weeks. It's very vocal! As Billy and others have stated, we all make a few of them, and that's to be expected. None of us that I know of suffered any lasting harm from the occasional slip-up. Sometimes, depending on the nature of the faux-pas, you may have a setback for a few days; it happens. Bear in mind, progress is not always a straight line forward. Sometimes it's more of a "Two steps forward, one step backward," deal. If that should happen, just listen to your body and respect the limits it's setting. One last piece of advice; stock up on reusable ice packs; the more, the merrier!

      I, and probably most others here as well, found the very most difficult thing (other than putting on socks and shoes....ugh) post-surgically was sleeping. It's quite rough the first few weeks, so don't be stingy with your pain meds, especially at night. As my surgeon insisted, "Pain does not in any way hasten or enhance the healing process." In fact, it's quite the opposite, so be sure to not let your pain get ahead of you. Quality zzzz's are important to the healing process 'cuz it's when most of your healing actually occurs.

      Everyone has a different experience with pain and their tolerance for such, but the bottom line is you will be given adequate medication to to be taken at regular intervals to avoid pain escalation. If it escalates, it's hard (and very slow) to get it back down to a liveable level. So, sticking with a scheduled dose until you feel much more comfortable is very important.

      I second everything Toots and Billy said about how to prepare your home and what tools will make life easier. If you don't already own some comfy, slip-on style shoes, get some now. Tying shoes is almost impossible for most, often for several months. Socks are equally trying, though you will be provided with a Sock-Aid. If at all possible, try to arrange your kitchen, bedroom and bath in such a way that everything you use most frequently is at counter height. It's very difficult (and painful) to access anything in lower cabinets. Yes, this means your home will look like a candidate for clutterbusters, but really, who cares? This recovery process is all about convenience, not aspiring for a "Better Homes and Gardens," look.:-) One other thing I found very helpful was finding a lightweight (cloth in my case) shoulder bag to carry around all of my essentials from room to room. I filled it up with my e-reader, a few cosmetics, cellphone, tissues, reading glasses, medications, and whatever other items I deemed as essential. It saved me a lot of unneccessary trips.

      I think we've all been terrorized at the thought of dislocation to one degree or another. Here's what I was told: If you follow precautions for the first 3 months, it's just not going to happen. After the first 3 months, basically, you'd have to be tossed down a flight of stairs, tackled by an NFL Linebacker or parachute out of a plane for that to occur. In other words, it takes great trauma. The new hip is quite solid at that point.

      Remember, we've all been where you are going and had teh same exact hopes and fears. The vast majority have recovered incredibly well, and many of those past one year have actually *forgotten* they have a bionic hip. Think positive, post often, and we'll all be cheering you on!

      Anthony, WOW! Kudos on the 20 minute treadmill mile! You're doing remarkably well!

      Vicki, I didn't discover this site immediately either, much to my chagrin. I think I found it about one month post-op and it was the very best thing that occurred for me during the following year. I think most here will agree, it's the most supportive and well informed site of actual "Hippies," in Cyberspace, so keep posting, whether the news is good or bad. Someone here will have a mirror experience; guaranteed!

      Happy, Healing Trails to all!

    • profile image

      Cindy 4 years ago

      Thanks Billy, I was so amazed that you are walking on the treadmill, my at home PT would not let me do anything. I was getting frustrated. He was making me use the walker on the 5th week and I finally said no, I want to use the cane. I am progressing a little more now that I have started OPT. They gave me the go ahead to do more. With that has come a little more pain than what I was experiencing, but not enough to cause me too much grief. I did get the okay from OS to return to work, I am lucky enough to have a very flexible job and if things get too tough I can work from home, which I have been doing for the last 6 weeks. I've been going back here and reading some of these posts and really wish I had found this sight way before now, it will have helped me deal with a few things these past few weeks.

    • profile image

      Billy 4 years ago

      Hi Cindy.....I am about 4 weeks out from a left THR.....I had my right side done about 14 months ago. You really should be beyond the dislocation stage, unless you do something crazy. I assume you have your OS permission to go back to work. As I have said to others, just go slow at first and think through your motions. Before you know it you will be doing things that you have not been able to do, and is is just second nature. If you do something that your body does not like, it will tell you ! Just go slow at first and over time all will be well. I am happy to report that after some foot swelling/tendonitis I am back on the treadmill and doing well. I am using my one crutch less and less. I am about a week behind my last hip in recovery, but doing well and now beginning to do more things. It just takes time and DON'T OVERDUE ANYTHING! That will set you back.

    • profile image

      Cindy 4 years ago

      I had THR 6 weeks ago and wish I had found this site sooner. I just started out patient therapy this week. I don't experience too much pain, which is great, my problem is being afraid I will dislocate my hip. I start back to work on Monday and am very apprehensive. We don't have a high rise toilet, but their are bars to hold onto. I have to walk around a bit with my job, but I can sit for hours at a time also, I am just worried about making it through the day and not doing any of the things I not supposed to do. Any suggestions would be most helpful.

    • profile image

      Anthony8 4 years ago

      hi allison,

      congratulations on being so close to a huge improvement in your quality of life!...don't worry too much about the precautions - there are not that many and it is much easier to follow them after surgery because you are always aware that things are different, physically...and as others have pointed out, an inadvertent slip-up rarely results in a serious setback...you're gonna do great!

      i don't know the details of your case and all of us are a bit different in how we heal, but if you dedicate yourself to your physical therapy, odds are that you will be amazed at how much better you feel after surgery...my hip was a disaster - avascular necrosis, vast ectopic bone growth, 4-hour surgery and yesterday was 12 weeks post-op for me and aside from some muscle stiffness after exercise, i feel pretty normal...

      my surgeon told me that of all medical procedures, patients report the highest satisfaction rates with thr and cataract surgery...you'll be among them soon :-) good luck and keep us posted!

    • profile image

      Toots UK 4 years ago

      Hi Allison, Good luck! With the restrictions make sure your seats at home are high enough for you to sit without having to raise your knees too high - which would force the wrong angle at the hip joint. The same with your toilet seat. I had raised toilet seats and could have had blocks under the chairs if necessary. I also had a 'perching stool' with a sloped seat which was remarkably comfortable. These were issued by the NHS here in the UK and delivered to the house before I went home.

      I had no trouble keeping to the restrictions when sitting and moving, and never forgot and crossed my legs - it's quite hard to do anyway. I had more trouble in bed. When I was in the hospital I accidentally crossed my ankles in bed - my normal position. I certainly knew I had done the wrong thing! From that point I always made sure I had pillows between my legs to prevent the same mistake. I found a cylindrical bolster -type cushion that was ideal, from IKEA.

      The other thing is travelling - you may need a cushion in the car. Put it in a plastic bag so that you can swivel on it when swinging your legs into the car. The best cars to travel in are the sit up and beg types not the E-type :) and get the driver to stop a small distance from the kerb so that you can get in off the lower level of the road rather than the higher level of the pavement (sidewalk). Ask them to push the seat back so that you've got room when getting in.

      I think you'll soon get your head round it. As I understand it it's not a total disaster if you cross your legs in forgetfulness - you soon realise and correct it. Dislocation is very rare.

    • profile image

      Billy 4 years ago

      Here is my advice to you Allison. Before you do anything, just think it through first. I did that after my first hip surgery and everything went well. You will occasionally slip up, but guess what, your body will tell you! Just go slow and steady. Keep the restrictions in mind....they are important.....and keep the grabby thing close by as well. That thing is indispensible for a while to keep your independence.

    • profile image

      Allison 4 years ago

      Two weeks until surgery for me.... Feb. 13th. (Happy Valentine's Day to me, right? Actually for me, it's just SAD... Singleness Awareness Day ;) lol) I'm starting to freak out about all the precautions. There are so many things I do without thinking... like right now I'm sitting at the computer with my ankles crossed. And I frequently reach across by body to grab things, or bend past ninety degrees, etc. So now I keep worrying that I"m going to do these things accidentally and mess things up. Anyone else have these fears? Is it easier to not do the things you're not supposed to do after surgery?

    • profile image

      Anthony8 4 years ago

      hi billy and vicki, sounds like you are both doing great so soon after surgery!...i'm so happy for you....

      tomorrow will be 12 weeks post-op for me...i feel pretty good and am going to the gym 3 days a week and to PT twice a week...my limitations are a bit humbling, and it feels funny to be proud that i can walk a mile on the treadmill in 20-minutes (without touching the rails or limping)!...haha!...but it does feel good to be able to work up a sweat from exercise for the first time in many years...

      i am still having some muscle pain in the op-hip area after hard workouts, but it's not too bad and i have not taken anything for pain since the two tylenol on day 4...i am a bit stiff when i first stand up but the pain is in the muscle and not the joint...

      i sometimes forget i had surgery and feel quite normal, but there are also times when i am aware of the weakness there and at pt, it is still a challenge for me to stand on just my operated leg and balance on it without leaning a bit...

      i am hopeful that in another few weeks, i will be done with pt, but i plan to make the gym a part of my life indefinitely...no more taking my health for granted...

      hope everyone else is healing well...this is a long road, but so much better than living with the pain...

    • profile image

      Toots UK 4 years ago

      Hi hipsters. Welcome Viki. Well done on taking the plunge! It sounds as if it is already paying off. If I recall correctly, back in the mists of time (I'm nearly 15 months post-op), it's pretty ouchy after the op, but in a totally different way. And the thing is you see improvements week on week. Not day on day, mind you, in my experience. Sometimes you think you're going backwards, but then a week beyond you realise you went forwards after all!

      Yes, Billy, it's pretty quiet on here. Hopefully because many are out there sailing through recovery with panache! As it sounds as if you might.

      Maggie, I'm so glad you have had your treatment and it turned out to be tolerable. Fingers and toes crossed that it has worked (well maybe not toes, don't want to end up under the surgeon's knife again.). I think I have reached a state of equilibrium with my hip. It's not quite normal but it's pretty damned serviceable. So I'm not complaining. My clam shells creak open and my bridge wavers no more than a suspension bridge in a light gale. As you know I have problems in my back and my other hip too, but ....... hurrah ..... I have given up all painkillers. (Hope I haven't jinxed myself there). It seems that radiotherapy and new hormone treatments have cornered the little b.....s in my system for now. Long may it last!

      Well, we have had snow here in the UK, and of course everything grinds to a halt. In my part of the world we look at the snow and say, "What's this stuff. Close the doors. baton down the hatches. We had some last year, surely we're not due any more yet!". And after it's gone we go into denial ready for the next time. So I've had my walking stick out to negotiate icy pavements in fear for my bones. It took me back to the days of tottering about after my op. All you out there tottering about - it will get better!

      Love to all, Toots.

    • profile image

      Maggie 4 years ago

      Billy, kudos on graduating to one crutch! It's still early days, so you will feel pain the butt and leg for a bit longer, but I recall just how quickly you recovered last time, so my guess is you'll ace this thing again.:-) And you're right, there are very few new Hippies here at the moment, but lots of us old posters to cheer you on!

      Vicki, welcome! You also sound as though you're having a textbook perfect recovery! It's a lengthy slog with all the PT needed, but since you've always been active, that should make a big difference provided you follow the precautions and nothing unusual crops up.

      I'm pleased to say I finally had my SI Joint Injection today and it wasn't all that bad of a procedure. The novocaine effect for roughly 5 hours was marvelous, but it did finally wear off and some pain meds and ice were needed as I was told to expect. Supoosedly, I'll begin to feel some improvement in roughly 5 days, with maximum improvement between 4-5 weeks, provided the SI Joint is the actual culprit. I'll see the Injection Guru again in 5 weeks, at which tie I will either A) Feel great nad not need another for the forseeable future; B) Feel somewhat improved, but not 100% and will have another injection into the same site; C) Feel no improvement and will opt for an imjection into one of the other sveral trouble spots in my spine. Obviously, I'm hoping for "A."

      I can say tonight that I really do feel hopeful about this nonsense ending. Though my hip is "solid" the pain I've been experiencing is not unlike that pre-THR; ugh. Yet, my tests all indicate everything is back related, which is not to say I didn't need a THR, 'cuz I did. It's just that other problems were co-existent at the time and no one was aware of them, self included.

      So, my take-away message (again) to any who are still experiencing considerable pain after one year post-op is to have a competent Pain Specialist test your back. The symptoms are remarkably similiar to hip issues and one could be duped into believing that the hip just never healed properly or the surgeon screwed up, when such is not the case. Never give up and keep pushing for answers!

      Happy Trails and Hips to all tonight!

    • profile image

      Vicki 4 years ago

      Hi everyone. I am 10 days post op THR. I was walking 3 miles a day for about 6-7 years before I had a injection of Synvisc, a synthetic synovial fluid approved for knees but not for hips. That injection totally took me out of normal, or semi normal walking even though I had severe hip arthritis and dysplasia that was diagnosed about 3 years ago. I never realized I had a problem until I had my first x-ray of my hip. I guess I thought pain was normal and I ignored it until that injection. Anyway I finally realized I couldn't walk normally without pain therefore I wasn't going to get any exercise and I would go downhill if I didn't have the surgery. Luckily I was able to get in and see the best hip replacement surgeon in the area and he got me in for my surgery in a month and a half. Even 10 days out my hip feels better than it has before the surgery. I can't wait to really feel the improvement and the benefits after I get past using my walker and crutches to go up and down my stairs. I wish I had a ranch house instead of a 2 story. I've been sleeping on my couch for the last 10 days. Luckily I prepared ahead of time and had a old memory foam 3 inch mattress I cut in half to put on my couch to be comfortable, it was a pretty good solution. I also bought raised toilet seats for my bathroom up stairs ( if I ever get up there for any length of time )and for my powder room down stairs. I'm just showering every 3 days and coming back downstairs, with the help of my sister. I can't wait to get moving and doing my 3 mile walks again. I'm glad to see a blog on THR recovery, it offers a lot of mental support.

    • profile image

      Billy 4 years ago

      Hi there all.....21 days post-op tomorrow and just graduated to one crutch. Still lots of soreness in the left leg despite lots of PT and treadmill workouts. But, I know this will pass sometime! . An fo course, I have swelling around my fot which made any type of walking difficult for several days. Only two hips? Anyone else out there? This place has been quiet compared to a year ago!

    • profile image

      Maggie 4 years ago

      'Yo Hipsters, it's a voice from the wildnerness here! Well, not exactly, but kinda/sorta.:-) Many of you know I've been dealing with ongoing pain despite being 15 months post-op. At this point, I think I've had almost every possible test to determine what might be the problem and on Wednesday, I have an appointment with an "Injection Guru," aka, a "Pain Specialist," to discuss a plan of attack for my SI Joint. The plethora of tests have revealed this is the most likely culprit, so I'm feeling cautiously optimistic this is the right diagnosis and the appropriate "fix." We shall see. Unfortunately, I also need a knee MRI, but that won't take place until the end of February. I may (or may not) have a torn meniscus or ACL tear.

      Due to all these factors, I've just been laying low in between visits back and forth to the hospital all during the holiday season and post-holiday as well. In the interim, I managed to turn 60 and had a great B-Day party where we all practiced some Gangnam Style dancing. Obviously, I pretty much stuck with just the hand movements; hah!

      Allison, welcome to the hippest board in the known universe! For what it's worth, despite my issues, I believe you've made the right decision. Why spend your young life in misery when there's a fix? And for roughly 90% of the population, the fix is a complete success. It sounds as though you've got great faith in your medical team and the right 'tude, both of which count for so much. It's a tough recovery, but your youth is definitely a promising factor. Best of luck to you and please be sure to post back here with updates, eh?

      Billy, the aching butt is truly the pits. Ice, ice and more ice after those stretches. Ain't it grand how the mind is able to block-out so many unpleasant details after a year or so? Yeah, it is. :-)

      Zen, still doing the Penguin walk? I was doing that just the other day and wondered if any of my fellow Hipsters were as well.:-) Obviously, if you were able to toss the cane and whiz around the market today, things are looking up, eh? Huzzah! You'll be out and about on your bike in just a few months and this will all soon become that forgotten bad dream. (See Billy's post)

      Janice, I didn't realize you'd had a partial hip replacement or that it's been suggested you go for the "Full Monti." Can't say I blame you on feeling hesitatnt about that unless your discomfort is completely intolerable. It sounds as though you are adapting fairly well to your limitations, but such a shame you are no longer able to walk the furs; bummer!

      Barbara, great to see as always and a big thanks to Toots, Lynne and all the others who've helped keep my spirits up during this obnoxious season. I shudder to think where I'd be without my fellow Hipsters.:-)

      Happy trails to all and I'll keep you posted on my progress if it should occur, LOL.

    • profile image

      Billy 4 years ago

      Hi all.....reached the 10 day post-op goal today. Thing are going well but now I have that aching pain in my butt while the posterior approach heals. Doing lots of exercises and treadmill but left leg is still a bit weak. It's funny that I do not really remember my last experience very well. How is everyone else doing around pod 10?

    • profile image

      Janice 4 years ago

      Hi to all , been keeping up with this sight. Glad to see everyone is on the way to recovery.. Lots of new commers and still a lot of us old ones. It is almost 2 years this February 2013 for me. I still have my pain off and on. Learning to live with it.. They still want to take the full hip but I say NO to it.. Just as long as I can walk with this partial hip replacement I will put up with the pain. It isn't as bad that I can not tolerate it. I do have some good days and bad but at least I am here and walking. No more walking the dogs though. I use this stuff called salonpas which is a cream to put on the areas that I have pain in it sometimes help. This partial hip replacement is NO fun. But at least I am here and still walking.. I hope everyone is doing great with their hip replacement.. I wish the best of luck to everyone new and oldies.. Have a wonderful year.. Just want everyone to know I still check this sight, it is the best for all hippies, everyone is so supportive and helpfull. Always thinking of everyone...

    • profile image

      Marion 4 years ago

      I am in my mid seventies and had a total hip replacement a year ago and am doing very well. Just want to thank this site. It was very helpful when you have questions to ask. Most people do not know what to expect during the recovery period and this site is a great help with that. Thanks again. Marion

    • ZenZen profile image

      ZenZen 4 years ago

      Hi Hippy Friends,

      I'm Back! Wellishy. ;)

      Allison, Welcome to the hippest crowd around the globe. Your post has brought me to tears ... twice. I'm 49 and have gone through 2 THR's. (Jan.4, 2012 R and July 26, 2012 L). I'm walking like a human-penguin, but I'm better every day. (Just dropped the cane for grocery shopping today ) :))))))))))) .

      I get frustrated with slowish recovery and struggle every morning to put a smile on my face to face the day. I'm not as young as you, however, I am also young. It's hard; but it's harder to live with the pain. THR eliminates THAT pain. Recovery takes a good longish while, but it appears that you're well set up for it. Be fearless; you're chosen path is probably the right one for you.

      And just think, you can toss you middle finger to the pain meds soon!

      Happy Healing New Year All Hipsters!

      XOX,

      Zen

      P.S. Dad's back whole.

    • BarbaraNC profile image

      BarbaraNC 4 years ago

      Hello Allison, and welcome to the forum! I think that you are a brave and wise woman to proceed with the surgery! I think your reasoning is sound -- if you need the surgery eventually, why prolong the pain and compromised mobility that you're experiencing now? That was my reasoning also, and I'm over a year post op and getting my life back again. We wish you well!

    • profile image

      vivbin 4 years ago

      hi Allison, go for it. I am 69 and 5 months post op. Hip doing fine. no longer have hip arthritic pain. Other age related aches but hey. Good luck and a Guid New Year to all. My Scottish birth coming out here!

    • profile image

      Allison 4 years ago

      Billy -- I am grateful that I will have my surgery at one of the top 10 hospitals in the nation, both overall and specifically in orthopedics! All the MDs there prefer spinal. Honestly, that freaks me out just a bit, and personally I think I'd be more comfortable with a general. But they know a lot more than I do, and I most definitely trust them. Not to mention I don't exactly have "pleasant" memories of waking up from general the times I had it as a child. So there's that too. :)

    • profile image

      Allison 4 years ago

      *edit to the last part of my last post*

      I've build up my SICK leave (not annual leave) to the point where I have the full 12 weeks allowed by FMLA and won't have to touch my annual leave.

    • profile image

      Billy 4 years ago

      Even though you are only 29..../it's worth it no matter what your age is. I am 58 and just 5 days over my second thr. Not being able to do things and keep up was paramount on my list. It's beenna long two miserable years for me with two surgeries and recovery but I know it will be worth it. I never doubted it. As far as pain is concerned....there is some but I was off oxy in three days. Now on Tyelenol Not the best but tolerable. I am well into rehab and so looking forward to the spring and summer. So, just do it. Look forward to it. BTW, I realy recommend a spinal anesthesia if your OS is cool with it. If he/she is not, find another OS! Just advice from a MD. Good luck

    • profile image

      Allison 4 years ago

      I'm 29 and already facing hip replacement in February. I had hip surgery when I was 9 because my hips were out of the sockets, and I've had other physical problems throughout my life, so I'm sure that contributed, but no one really knows. When I made the decision back in September to go ahead with the surgery now, it was more of a "mental" thing for me, rather than a physical pain thing. Even now, I can still tolerate the pain, but I HATE taking pain meds, and would rather have the long term treatment now than live on medication for a year or two more! Also, I say why wait until I'm missing work becuase of pain? Then I'd have days of missing work before the surgery PLUS the time out for surgery. And the last cortisone injection I had helped for about a month, and never did help nearly as much as my first two. So I do think it's time, just freaking out that I'm doing all of this "too early." But then I thought about it this way.... I'm 29. I'm sick and tired of... you know, not trying on shoes because I'm afraid I won't be able to get my shoe tied again after I get my own shoes back on. I'm tired of feeling like a tortoise when everyone else my age is a hare. I'm tired of wanting to go to an amusement park but not going because I'm afraid I won't be able to walk for long enough of a time to make the price of admission worth it. So even though the pain isn't all that bad by my own standard, and except for my over analytical mind freaking out (And over analytical and detail oriented mind with a year or more to think about surgery is just NOT a good thing, and I do NOT want to go through any extra time of that!) I think I'm ready. But again, freaking out and trying not to think of the "what ifs" including "What if I have to delay it for some reason?" *rolls eyes*

      I'm SO thankful that my employer (I work for the state of Missouri with Vocational Rehabilitation) has separate sick time and annual leave. I've built up my annual leave to the point where I can take the full 12 weeks granted by FMLA and STILL have sick time and not have touched my annual leave at all! So that is one less thing I have to worry about.

      Anyway, now that I've (mostly) come to terms with that fact that yes, this is happening, I'm doing some research on recovery and thought I'd post here.

    • profile image

      lynn (hallega) 4 years ago

      Hi Billy, all the best for your speedy recovery, I'm hoping that I don't have to have the other one done, but as you say "been there done that" helps.

      I'm struggling with a cold at the moment that's pretty damn horrible....but nothing like a new hip replacement!

      PMA... (you already have this by the way) positive mental attitude. xx

    • profile image

      Billy 4 years ago

      Good afternoon to all.......I fine myself here again three days after my second hip replacement. I left the hospital yesterday after two days. Feel much better at home. I had a posterior approach and have an uncemented prosthesis. My other hip is great and it feels so good to know that I only have two hips! So now, lots of rehab in the weeks ahead. I am already way ahead of where I Was last year at this time. It des help to have gone through this before. So, I'll check in and let you know how things are going.

    • profile image

      lynn (hallega) 4 years ago

      Anthony8, we all limp, you have to learn to glide. When I was told this it became obvious that if I thought about it I could walk without limping.

      1 year on I no longer limp, although I despaired that I ever would!

      Glide Anthony...glide.

      PMA x

    • profile image

      Barry 4 years ago

      Anthony, glad to hear you are doing so well but you do not really want to walk with a limp,as it will put strain on the other hip,I was told to use a cane to stop me from limping and correct my gait if I needed it .I did use it for a while,although not really needed,but it did help with walking correctly.Because you probably have been limping for a long time,before your Op.it becomes a habit,and you will need to correct it for the future.If you can stand on one foot for 30 seconds,why are you limping? ...Are you still in some pain.By 3 months I was lucky and was walking well similar to you,but had no limp,so if you can walk correctly I feel you should use it for say another 2 weeks,if you are walking correctly and then only take it on long walks in case you may need it.I am now just over a year and I am back to before I had my hip done.I was one of the lucky ones and seemed to recover OK.But I did do everything by the book,although here in the UK we do have no physical therapy and are just given a few excercises to do,however I did them until I felt I did not need to do them.I am sure your recovery will be OK and in another month feel even better,although you may feel after 9 weeks the recovery will appear to be slower than previous..good luck to you.......

    • profile image

      anthony8 4 years ago

      hi everyone,

      hope y'all are feeling stronger every day and are off to a great new year...wednesday will mark 9 weeks post-op for me...i am doing physical therapy 2-3 days a week and have now begun adding sessions at the gym another 2-3 days...

      they worked me pretty hard at pt last week and i was quite sore on saturday and a bit less on sunday, so i took the weekend off...i felt so much better today and started pt again and i did not use a walking aid all day...it is the first time i went a whole day without using an aid since having surgery...

      i am now able to stand on one leg for 30-seconds on the side of my affected hip - it's not easy and i still sometimes lose my balance while doing it, but it represents a big step as i was unable to stand on it for even one second until last friday...

      my limp is still obvious, but improving...i fly to nashville in two weeks to work and my goal is to not take a walking aid on the trip - we'll see :-)

      how is everyone else doing?

      tony

    • profile image

      Anthony8 4 years ago

      hi guys,

      tomorrow is 8 weeks post-op for me...can't believe it has been that long!...barbara and maggie - the incision seems to be hat that suture is outta there ;-) no more draining and it has closed up and dried up and stopped swelling...

      and barbara, thank you for the advice on using an aid even while at home...no advice is unsolicited to me as i am grateful for all the wisdom you and others share here...what you say makes sense about not wanting to walk with a hobble...i seem to be making some strides the past couple of days...i went from a bad limp two days ago to a waddle yesterday to a slight limp this morning...at least until the muscles fatigue and then i hobble again...for a short time this morning, i walked more "normally" than i have in at least 3-4 years - it was exciting...i will definitely heed your advice though and thank you... :-)

      i joined a gym yesterday and will ask my PT tomorrow what i am allowed to do there...i may try 3 days a week at the gym and 2-3 days of pt...

      happy new year everyone!

    • wieman351 profile image

      wieman351 4 years ago from harvey,La

      Barbara:

      Thanks for the link. The information WAS very helpful. Well today is the first day of a brand new year. I hope each and everyone of you (my fellow hippes) has a joyful, prosperous and pain-free new year.

    • BarbaraNC profile image

      BarbaraNC 4 years ago

      Toots, so sorry to have taken so long to post... LOVED your post and the image of you me and Maggie as the "three wise women" on this journey together! Not sure how wise I am (husband would probably say, "wise ass" is more apt!). Thank you for your kind words, and I'm so very happy to hear that the radiotherapy is showing results!! Have an extra piece of that brandy-laced cake for me and Maggie, will you? Have a very happy and healthier new year!! Big hugs.

      Dear Wieman351, you may have missed a link I shared long ago that addressed the positioning for sexual activity, and I lost that particular one, but I found another that has the same info and will share with everyone again:

      http://orthodoc.aaos.org/WilliamOThompsonMD/postop...

      There are definitely positions to avoid while a person is still under the precautions, but given that you are well past that, I'd agree with Maggie's advice (of course!), but add that I'd forever avoid any positioning that involves extreme torque. (Still plenty of other fun ones to choose from!) I personally find it easier to be on top because I can shift a bit more easily if things become uncomfortable. Missionary is still the most challenging, but as I said, there are plenty of others! Best of luck, and give that partner of yours a medal for patience!!

      Anthony, I bet that suture was the cause of the irritation, and hopefully they removed all but that one! It sounds like you're doing great with the PT, and I wouldn't worry about the side lifting - you're still building strength back up and it will get easier as time goes on. One piece of (albeit unsolicited) advice: It's better to use a cane/crutch even when home than to hobble because you need to be walking as normally as possible in order for things to heal correctly. As much as we are eager to abandon assistive devices, we need to keep using them until we can walk without hobbling. That was what my in-home PT person told me when I was all too eager to go without my cane, so I'm passing her advice along.

      Happy, Healthy and Hurried Hip Healing New Year to all!! ;-)

      Barbara

    • profile image

      lynn (hallega) 4 years ago

      Maggie, so sorry to hear your having problems, I do so hope that all will be well when the results come back.

      Out tomorrow night on the town (London) that is. Dinner, dancing and fireworks opposite the wheel, looking forward to it, except for the walk to the venue due to roads being shut...I have my flat shoes though!!

      Wishing everyone here a very Happy New Year PMA xxxx

    • profile image

      Maggie 4 years ago

      Toots, pass a piece of that brandy cake, would you? Thanks! I'll also have a glass full if there's any left.:-) I'm so relieved to hear you've improved so very much ; huzzah! Hope your Christmas was wonderful and you're all set to ring in a much better New Year! I've had every test under the sun in the last 2 weeks, but unfortunately, my doc is on vacation until January 7th, so I won't know my results till then. The reluctant patience I gained during my recovery has come in very handy once again; pffft! The OP leg has collapsed on me 2x this week and an average of once per week for the last month; aarrrgh. I'm doing my best not to speculate at this point because the possibilities are numerous and frankly, none of them exactly delightful.

      Wieman351, ditto what the others have said regarding sex. There aren't any unsafe positions, unless as Lynn stated you try swinging from the chandeliers. I'd also probably avoid the top of the washing machine, LOL. Basically, it's just a matter of finding the most comfortable position for you. Personally, I find sideways to be the most awkward, but hey, that might just be me.:-) Bottom line: It really shouldn't be any different than it was prior to surgery unless certain positions cause pain. If so avoid those, but otherwise, relax, have at it, and enjoy!

      Anthony, I'll bet that piece of suture material was the culprit and everything will now close up beautifully.:-) So far, you are really rockin' this recovery business; kudos!

      Wishing all Hippies, old posters and new, a happy and much healthier New Year!

    • profile image

      anthony8 4 years ago

      hi wieman,

      no need to be embarrassed - it's probably a question we all have asked...i looked up info on-line before i had surgery...my wife and i gave it a try after 3 weeks and it worked out fine - her on top and being somewhat gentle on my right hip...i can't say we are back to our normal frequency yet, and we are careful, but it's better than nothing :-) i think you are good to go - just don't twist yourself into a pretzel shape...

      i was 6 weeks post-op on wednesday, and the incision issue seems to be resolving...done with antibiotics and yesterday when i was cleaning the wound with hydrogen perozide, a small piece of suture - about 1/8 inch long emerged from the site and i removed it...it must have been causing the irritation/infection or at least contributing to it...i hope it closes up for good now, and that this isn't just the first in a series of sutures that will be making an appearance...

      had my second in-office pt session today and i rode a bike for 10 minutes today for the first time in years...it felt soooo good to be able to do it...i am able to do multiple sets of 20 reps on all the exercises they are giving me, but am having some trouble with the side leg lifts as i can only lift my leg up about 12-inches...

      i am still using one crutch when i am out and walk fine, but i hobble pretty badly walking unassisted when at home...

      hope everyone enjoys a wonderful holiday season...just think of how well we will all feel in the spring!

    • profile image

      lynn (hallega) 4 years ago

      Anthony8, glad I could throw some light on your problem and I'm hoping by now all has settled down.

      Toots, it's mayhem here as well, as you say when the shops shut we all sigh with relief...too bad if you've forgotten anything!

      Weimann351, I'm surprised your husband has been so patient! I can't quite remember at what stage things hotted up in the bedroom, but if you feel OK then I can't see a problem...carry on as normal, no hanging from the light fitting though hahahahaa. It all seems a little daunting as first I can totally understand. PMA everyone...Happy Holidays. xx

    • wieman351 profile image

      wieman351 4 years ago from harvey,La

      My fellow hippies Happy Holidays. It has been a little over a year since I have had my right hip replaced and quite a while since I have posted on the site. I have an embarrassing question. First, I still have to have my left hip done and I had to put it off for a while. Anyway, here's the question. What about intimacy. You know sex. Well, my husband and I have been afraid to do it and I am a little embarrassed to ask my doctor. So I thought I would ask you guys. Should we take the chance or what and (I can't believe I am actually asking this) any suggestions to how? Oh by the way, my right hip feels GREAT and I am not only exercising again (walking and pedaling), I am also able to do my own gardening again. Yeah!!!!!! I feel almost like a whole person again. I hope all of you Hippies have a WONDERFUL Christmas and Happy New Year!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

    • profile image

      Toots UK 4 years ago

      Hi all,

      Anthony, I hope the antibiotics sorted out that incision problem. It sounds as if you are doing well if walking unassisted at this early stage, hobble or no hobble! I hope you are able to have physio to build up those muscles, the dreaded clam shells (mine stayed stubbornly closed to start with).

      Vivbin, hope the back ache cleared up. I remember going through various aches and pains while recovering. I think walking with a recovering hip puts stresses and strains on all manner of other bits. I remember even my shoulder giving me jip for a while. Then the physio showed me in the mirror how I was taking all the strain on my poor old left shoulder which was understandably getting fed up. Hopefully your back pain will be a temporary bugbear.

      Barbara, lovely to see you again on here. I feel as though we have journeyed together (Maggie, you and me). The three wise women ;). Well, certainly you and Maggie have had many words of wisdom which have been useful to me!

      Zen, hope your dad's health is improving. I took my daughter to hospital this morning for an outpatients appointment and there were notices up saying all wards were closed to visitors due to noravirus. I think you are in the UK and hope your dad's ward has not been affected. It seems to be a repeat story each winter these days. My mum in law was in hospital two years ago and we could not visit for three weeks due to infections going round.

      Lynn, we haven't even bought our tree yet! With one week to go. But this is no different from every other year for us, it amounts to a family tradition :)

      Maggie, so sorry to hear about your back problems. Am flipping the bird at this moment on that score! Fingers and toes crossed that it gets sorted out. I get nerve pain down my leg, but it has improved markedly since having radiotherapy. At one point it was recommended that I go on meds specifically to deal with this but it ended up not being necessary. The drug of choice was called pregabalin (lyrica).

      As I said the radiotherapy has at last shown results and I have been able to manage the pain much better, coming off the morphine. Paracetamol, not even up to the max dose, is quite adequate now. Hurrah! Meanwhile it is Christmas giving me a headache! So looking forward to that moment when you can't do any more preparing even if you wanted to and it's time to relax and enjoy it. Better go and anoint the cake with brandy while I think of it!

      Seasons greetings and a hippy Christmas to all.

    • profile image

      anthony8 4 years ago

      Thanks Barbara and Lynn for sharing your incision stories. It helps so much to hear how others dealt with the same things I am going through. :-) Viv, I hope the pain you have been having vanishes as quickly as it appeared.

      Had my first follow-up today with the surgeon ( 5 1/2 weeks post-surgery) and he said the x-rays looked great - he relaxed my restrictions to weight-bearing as tolerated, so I can start walking without crutches.

      The incision may be an issue, however. It has gotten redder and is draining a bit and may be either an infected suture or hair follicle. They put me on five days of oral antibiotics and drew a circle around the redness and if it gets bigger by Monday, they want me back in the office to cut out the suture. I am hoping that isn't necessary.

      I can walk almost limp-free with a cane, but hobble quite a bit when I try to walk unassisted. I need to build up those muscles! Hope everyone is doing well and that you have a great holiday season!

      Tony

    • profile image

      vivbin 4 years ago

      Hi everyone,thought I would say hello to everyone and wish you all a very happy Christmas.

      Have not been in touch for a while, time flies!! I am now 5 months post op and on the whole am doing well. Have had a bit of pain/discomfort for the past 2 weeks. Do not know why, but it is so much better than a year ago when I could barely walk. Have back ache but see my doctor this week. Hope every one is doing well, and thank you for your wonderful site. It has been such a help to touch base with fellow hipsters. Merry Christmas again. vivbin

    • BarbaraNC profile image

      BarbaraNC 4 years ago

      Zenia, so sorry to hear about your Dad. I'm glad you're doing well - things will just keep getting better and better in terms of your mobility.

      Maggie, thinking of you and hoping things are better. Hope the nerve conduction wasn't too torturous! Big hugs.

      Anthony, I had the same thing with my incision (last little bit at the bottom being slow to heal), and that was even at 6 weeks. But as long as it's not looking infected (pus or angry red color), I think it's just a matter of washing it daily with anti-bacterial soap. (My doctor recommended Dial.) Mine eventually healed. Keep us posted. Glad you're doing so well otherwise!

      Happy holidays, hale health, and hip healing! - Barbara

    • profile image

      lynn (hallega) 4 years ago

      Hi Anthony8, I had the same thing but at the top of the incision. When I had my staples out (27 of them) ugh, the nurse said that there was n internal stitch knot at the top and if I wanted to cut it off then that was OK. Because I'd never had stitches before I thought it best to leave alone, but it went a bit odd, like yours. Foreign bodies will be expelled eventually by the system apparently, they will work their way out, this was according to the hospital when I went to see if it was alright, my daughter had already looked at it for me and we had bathed it with salt and boiled water. Anyway there was nothing left in the area, and it healed Ok but not as good as the rest. I'm sure it will be fine and its a good thing that your off to the hospital soon. Hope this helps. PMA Lynn

    • profile image

      anthony8 4 years ago

      hi maggie, i really hope things resolve themselves and that you will be feeling better soon...

      zen, sorry to hear about your dad and i hope he is home for the holidays...we celebrated two thanksgivings in the hospital with my mom and it's not easy...

      i'm progressing well - 4 1/2 weeks post op - one small issue i'm having is with my incision...it all healed well except for a small spot on the very bottom (24cm overall incision)...that spot has always felt like there is a tiny thread or piece of suture or something sticking through the skin...it has stayed a bit irritated - not painful but itchy and it is still draining just a bit...not an infected kind of drainage, but i'm thinking it should be dry at this point...

      i go for my first follow-up with the surgeon next friday, so i guess he will look at it then...if anyone has experienced this and can share their thoughts i'd appreciate it... :-)

    • ZenZen profile image

      ZenZen 4 years ago

      Hi Hippy Friends,

      I've been gone for a bit. My Dad is not well, so I've been in hospital mode with him lately. Fingers crossed he'll be home for the holidays. The running around is the best physio for me right now. (4ish mos.post #2), No rest for the wicked :OOOOOO.

      Maggie, OUCH! I've only used a small portion of your special blend of pixie dust. I'm sending most of it back for your use. I'm still coveting a bit for me. Stay strong we're here. XOXOXOXOXOXOOXOXOXOO.

      Toots, you are a shining star.

      Active healing wishes and positive energy to All,

      Zen

    • BarbaraNC profile image

      BarbaraNC 4 years ago

      Oh, Maggie - so so sorry to hear all of this. You have been through so much already. Big hugs.

      Best wishes especially to all who are struggling right now...

      Barbara

    • profile image

      lynn (hallega) 4 years ago

      Maggie, so nice to hear from you again, yeh right......the only thing that's tidy is the house in Spain in case anyone wants to rent it, the rest has gone to pot!

      Do have your back looked at by a chiropractor/osteopath if you haven't before now because I too get the odd numbness in the foot and it's all because of my terrible habit of sitting in a nice comfortable soft settee in the evenings with my legs curled up,we ALL know this is bad for us...BUT....anyway, after getting told off many times by my daughter, she sorts it out with a few tugs etc., Give it a try if you haven't already.

      Happy Christmas to you and yours, and by the way, the wreath is sitting on the hall floor BY the front door...not ON it! hahahahaha. PMA x

    • profile image

      Maggie 4 years ago

      As always, I forgot something.:-) Apparently, in roughly 10% of hip surgeries, the sciatic nerve can be damaged, either due to a "nick," or overstretching during the procedure. I may be in that lovely 10% group. Sometimes the damage is permanent; sometimes not. Only time will tell. If such is the case, I will be trying different meds that specifically address nerve pain. I'm open to that option. Bottom line: To any still suffering after a year, have your back checked. Never. Give. Up.

    • profile image

      Maggie 4 years ago

      Happy Holiday Greetings Hipsters! Toots, it's great to *see* you here! Over here, we call that expressive, finger signage "Flippin' the Bird." I'll Flip right along with you, ok? I'll flip every day if it helps! You've certainly had a rough go of it, so I hope perhaps you are now reaching the end of nasty treatments and looking forward to a full recovery. I'm so relieved to hear your nurse has found the perfcet coktail of meds or you; not easy, I know! Please keep us posted as you can, eh?

      Lynn, it's also great to see you here again.:-) You've had a splendid recovery and offer so much hope to all who are just starting down that road. I'll bet your place is picture-postcard perfect with holiday decor and special Xmas treats.:-) I haven't even stuck a wreath on the door yet, LOL!

      Anthony, you seem to be a "Superstar," recovery wise; FANTASTIC! I also did the pre-hab, but alas, it didn't enhance my recovery, other than being discharged from the hospital in just one night, LOL. Looking back, I suppose that was a testament to it's virtue, eh? However, my recovery took a weird twist, so absolutely no one can go by my bizarre experience.

      I had an MRI this Saturday and am awaiting results, to be followed by an EMG (Nerve Conduction Study.) Apparently, most of the recovery complaints I had quite naturally assigned to my hip surgery, are, in fact, the result of a serious back problem; pffft! "It," for lack of a better word right now, has decided to creep down my leg and into my foot; very frustrating and unfortunately painful. There's a 93% chance I have a lumbar disc herniation. Other possibilities include bone spur, spinal stenosis or a tumor. Swell. Interestingly (or not) the symptoms are very similar to unresolved hip issues and the experts have great difficulty in initially determining which is at fault. However, my hip has been pronounced perfectly healed, so , here I am, stuck with the dicey back. Hopefully, I'll have some real answers this week and know exactly what my options are. Can't say I'd like to have more nasty surgery, but, if that's what's needed to feel "new," again, I imagine I'll go for it.

      I'd love to know how my hip recovery would have been without this complication, but I'll never have that answer. I suspect I would've been almost "normal," at around 3-5 months since I had led a very active lifestyle prior to all this nonsense. It also occurred to me that perhaps I should've had back surgery instead of hip surgery last year, but, at the time, all the experts agreed my hip was "shot" and they were convinced a new hip would address all the other arse aches. I imagine if I hadn't fixed the hip, everything would be even worse now, so in that sense, it's good to have that behind me.

      Sending "Special Pixie Dust," Strong Healing Vibes and Happy Holiday Wishes to all!

      To all just beginning the hip journey, remember, patience is a virtue. Take good care of yourselves and one fine day, you'll be "Walking Without Thinking," ala Barbara.:-)

    • profile image

      Toots UK 4 years ago

      Thank you Lynn, and all others who have made kind comments on here.

      Well, here comes Christmas, a bit different from last year when I was supervisor from my little blue stool, surprisingly comfortable NHS standard issue! This year, I will have to get stuck in again myself. And oh dear, as usual, stir-about Sunday has passed by without me stirring anything, so really must get my act together, ummmm tomorrow - I'll go out and buy some currants, raisons and candied peel, oh and brandy.

      Christmas promises to be lovely this year with little grand children. No 1 is just of an age to be OTT excited and has already said that she wants it to be Christmas TOMORROW. Just as well it is not as there is so much to do.

      I'm trying to keep away from doctors as much as possible, but have had to have more radiotherapy and a change of drug treatment and my lively (and lovely) nurse has found me the right balance of painkillers. So I can forget what's roaming my body and stick two fingers up to cancer (one finger, my USA friends) - hope you don't mind the expletive deletive :-)

      Here's wishing good luck to all the newbies starting out on recovery. It does happen, with patience and forbearance. Looking back to this time last year shows just what a difference time and doing the exercises can make.

      And best wishes to all the oldies too, old in experience and wisdom if not in years! Lynn, Barbara, Maggie and all.

      Toots xxx

    • profile image

      Lynn (hallega) 4 years ago

      Hi, Anthony8, I did the same, my daughter whose an Osteopath suggested this and maybe that's why I've fared better than some, who knows. I'm not a great fan of exercise other than running around all day up and down stairs, decorating, gardening etc., I certainly think it helped though. Well done and carry on with the recovery.

      Barbara, I think your more of an inspiration than me, along with a few other great people on here, you have stuck it out giving advice to all us "newbies" helping us along the way, for that I thank you most sincerely.

      Toots, I'm rooting for you, you've been through hell and back and I've been keeping an eye on you even though I haven't posted anything....PMA toots....PMA xxx

    • profile image

      anthony8 4 years ago

      Hey Guys,

      I'm 3 1/2 weeks post surgery and am feeling good. I have no pain and although I am still on partial weight bearing precautions and therefore walking on two crutches, my leg muscles are getting stronger every day.

      There are some folks who read this forum BEFORE they have surgery - I was one of them. I want to tell those folks that I believe the best thing you can do to contribute to a faster recovery is to start physical therapy one or two months before surgery.

      I was in rough shape and a lot of pain at the end of August, and read about the benefits of "pre-hab" on-line and started PT on September 1st (surgery was on November 7th). It helped me feel better within a couple of weeks and there is no doubt it is helping me now that surgery is behind me.

      Although I was weak the first week after surgery, the leg woke up in week 2, and I attribute that to the pre-surgery regimen that built up my leg muscles.

      Other than that, I'd say eat well, move around as much as possible (for strengthening) and get plenty of rest (for healing).

    • BarbaraNC profile image

      BarbaraNC 4 years ago

      Laurie, I'm so glad you're doing so well! The cane really makes a difference in how mobile one feels, so your transition to the cane will bring you into a welcome new phase. Yes, our perspective really changes about what was once such a simple task as grocery shopping, doesn't it?! I was recently remembering how, in the early weeks after surgery, I would look at the distance of getting to my mailbox as being so far! As you'll see from other people on this forum, it really does get better and better as the months progress, despite the fact that it's sometimes "two steps forward, one step back." And we will never take our mobility for granted again! Keep up the great progress, Laurie.

      Anne, yes, so many of us have had certain muscle groups that were slow to wake up. I had the exact issue you're having, being unable to lift my leg for several months. I was worried, but slowly the strength returned, just as you're starting to experience. Trust that it will continue. And most of us seem to have expected too much too soon - the docs are so focused on the surgery itself that few of them offer much information about what to expect in the recovery period. Fortunately, many of us search the internet for the info and are led to this forum! You will find so many helpful comments here, and hopefully you'll share your continuing progress with us!

      Lynn, great to hear from you! Happy Hippy Anniversary and Merry Christmas to you too! The one year mark is a milestone, to be sure! I am finding such a difference in this one+ year post surgery phase. Most of the time, I am not thinking about the hip any more (my "walking without thinking" mindset) and just going about the business of life again. There are times when the hip complains (e.g., a recent extended walk in 30 degree temps), but just enough to remind me how far I've come in this journey! So yes, all of you newbies to the site, notice the joyous undertones in the posts from those past the one year mark and the new-found appreciation of being able to do everyday tasks and activities once again with ease -- you will get there too! Lynn, you're an inspiration to everyone.

      Best healing wishes to all!

      Barbara

    • profile image

      lynn ( Hallega) 4 years ago

      Hi everyone.....long time since I've been on here, so much to do!!

      It's been a year now, goodness that went quickly!

      Just thought I'd touch base and wish everyone a Very Happy Christmas before I get taken over with it all!

      Just to let all the newbies here know that there IS light at the end of the tunnel, Yes it seems pretty awful at first, but every day it gets better, no more limping (Hoooray) no more pain...just more dancing, more EVERYTHING that you couldn't do before...how marvelous is that!

      There is really nothing that I can't do now, a little awkward getting up from the floor, but that's probably my fault for being a lazy so and so and not doing the exercises..

      So pleased to see others doing well too, so wishing us all a wonderful time in the coming month and a very happy 2013.....WELL DONE TO US ALL.xxxx PMA everyone (positive mental attitude for the newbies)

    • profile image

      Anne 4 years ago

      Am grateful for all your comments. I had a posterior right hip replacement almost 7 weeks ago, and felt all was going too slow. The hardest is lifting the affected leg off the bed. The muscles felt like mush and would not respond, but now they finally are responding with much effort. Am able to stand on the affected leg for about a minute. Was not able to take narcotics as I was passing out, so went home with celebrex and Tylenol. Used some Vicodin we had in the cabinet for sleep for about a week. Now am only on Aleve. I still have discomfort when walking and doing rehab, but no real pain. Am using a cane less and less, but feel shaky on uneven ground. I guess as I read your comments, my thoughts are that we cannot compare ourselves to others, as each person has their own timetable. I expected too much too soon and it is helpful to know it takes months for our tissues and bones to heal. It was quite a big surgery when you think about what our poor bones had to go through. I forgot to say that those icy hot and warm thera-cure pads have helped the muscle soreness immensely. I sleep with them on the hip and inner thigh and they keep the muscles warm and flexible. My best to you all.

    • Laurie Russell profile image

      Laurie Russell 4 years ago from London, Ontario

      It's a little more than 4 weeks and I'm doing well. Still using the walker but I do have to watch because I do tend to bend without thinking! Realizing that I won't be running any marathons once I start using a cane hopefully this week. Realizing that I will still need to really think out grocery shopping,etc. even when I can drive! Feel that I am extremely lucky and planning to do the other hip in the Spring.

    • profile image

      Janice 4 years ago

      I hope everyone had a wonderful thanksgiving. Even though I still have alot of pain around the clock I am still thank full for everything I have and all of you.. I find that if I walk too much I suffer alot with pain. So I try to walk around a little at the mall and then go home and stay off that leg for a few hours.. I only wish it would stop paining me it is really differcult to walk once the pain starts. I hope soon real soon it will stop hurting. It has been 2 years and I am still in survere pain. But I will keep on chugging alone with prayers and hope that soon some day it will stop paining me.. I guess I just needed to vent to someone about the pain that I am in ... sorry I try to look at it that it would or could of been worse than what is going on now. But I will never have another surgery on this so I guess I just have to live with the pain. thaks for letting me vent. best to all of you..

    • profile image

      anthony8 4 years ago

      Hi everyone! Happy to see we all seem to be traveling down the road to recovery! This is Day 16 post-op for me, and I think I am doing pretty well. The home nursing and PT folks have released me from their care, as my vitals are completely stable, and I can do all the exercises the PTs have given me at 20 reps, three times a day.

      They say there's nothing more they can do for me until the surgeon relaxes my precautions from "partial weight bearing" to "weight-bearing as tolerated", allowing me to do more exercises. At that point, I will be able to do out-patient PT.

      I have not taken any pain meds since Tylenol on Day 4 and I am having no pain at all. The nurse removed my surgical staples two days ago and the incision is dry and clean and looks good. I tried driving today and was able to do so without any issues - my leg felt like it worked better than it did pre-surgery.

      I have to say that I believe a huge part of my speedy recovery is the pre-surgical physical therapy I began two months prior to my operation. Muscles that had atrophied back then were worked back to life and are bouncing back now better than I imagined they would. I HIGHLY RECOMMEND doing "pre-hab" if at all possible.

      Today is my last Lovenox injection - it hasn't been a big deal but I won't miss it! There is nothing they will be giving me now to ward off blood clots (including no stockings) and that has me a bit concerned. Has anyone else experienced going from Lovenox to nothing?

      I have three more weeks until my follow-up and I am trying to build up my strength, so I can hopefully begin to wean myself off these two crutches after that doctor visit. Trying to avoid having any setbacks right now. Also, trying to lose a little weight to take any unnecessary stress off the new hip - that is proving easier said than done! :-)

      Hope everyone is well and healing a little more every day!

    • profile image

      Janice 4 years ago

      It is 5 02 AM here in New England and the weather is getting COLD. I am glad to read alot of people are doing well with their new hip replacement I wish the best and a speedy recovery for everyone. Hope that the new year coming forth 2013 will bring wonderful health to everyone. As you all and myself have been through and will continue to go threw alot of healing I just can't say enough about this sight it has really helped me to survive without this sight I truely believe I would not of still been here . I was beside myself and had no help or anyone to talk to about my accident which had brought me to where I am today but everyone on this sight pulled me threw and helped me to believe life was going to get better and I would make it with all of you helping me and standing by me. Here it is 2 years coming still in pain but it is not the end of my life. I truely want to thank all of you for your help and with the best for everyone new and old. Bless you all.

    • profile image

      niniclifford 4 years ago

      ZenZen, Toots UK, BarbaraNC and Maggie –Thank you all for your encouragement! I realize that everyone’s situation is different and thus the healing is different. I actually felt a bit bad at relaying my progress when so many have it so much worse than me. I should mention that I am 58 and was diagnosed with osteo-arthritis and did not want to continue with the anti-inflammatory medication and so found a surgeon who would perform the surgery. I was a bit weak going into the surgery as I had been babying the hip for quite a while. I have to admit now that I was a bit naive going into this and thought – well at 8 weeks I’ll be walking without a cane etc – just didn’t have a clear vision about the full recovery and it has proved to be quite humbling. I am going to continue to push for full range of motion. The physical therapy can sometimes kick my butt, but I feel much better when I am moving. I have never participated in a forum like this but I have to say that it is a real comfort to know that there are others out there walking through this kind of situation. Bless you all!

    • Laurie Russell profile image

      Laurie Russell 4 years ago from London, Ontario

      Thanks for the advice Zen Zen! I try to be careful. I can weight bear 50% on my new hip. All of a sudden my leg is better at night, I guess it's lying straighter so I'm sleeping better. I am impatient to get going but I will use the walker all the time until I see the surgeon on the 29 th.

    • profile image

      Maggie 4 years ago

      Welcome Niniclifford! My OP leg muscles were so comatose at 9 weeks post-op that I actually believed I was being "punked," when asked to perform the dreaded Clamshell routine. I huffed and I puffed for 10 Herculean moments and....nothing happened. Zip, nada! That was my clue to start laughing hyena style until I realized the PT wasn't joking; bah! So yes, ditto what everyone else has stated. The good news is, it doesn't last.:-) One fine day, seemingly out of the blue, your sleeping muscles will respond; pinkie swear! It took mine about 3 weeks.

      I couldn't locate my dusty crystal ball this morning but am confident if I peeked, it would look.....cloudy, LOL. No one can predict how you will feel by Christmas, (not even the "White Coats" ) but I'm confident you will be better and stronger than you are right now, just by default. The passage of time and your continued efforts at home with PT exercises and walking are the keys to the recovery kingdom.:-)

      Zen-Zen, LOL! Psssst: What Barabra said. Doppleganger Barbara knows me very, very well.:-)

    • BarbaraNC profile image

      BarbaraNC 4 years ago

      Welcome niniclifford! Yes, it's quite common to have certain muscle groups virtually nonresponsive in the early months. For me, it was my adductor muscles, but eventually they did respond. While we can't predict how you'll be doing by Christmas, it sounds like you're making great progress and there's no reason to think that won't continue. So I'd expect you to be progressively more mobile by that point in time.

      Zenia, I think Maggie meant she was "ducking" as though you were about to throw something at her for saying that what you'd said was "Zen". That's my guess anyway!

      Best wishes to all.

      Barbara

    • profile image

      Toots UK 4 years ago

      Niniclifford, I remember that stage of brain not connecting with body! My physio was not one bit fazed when he asked me to raise my leg while lying down and nothing happened, despite all the messages buzzing between brain and leg. His theory was that as long as the messages were going to the muscles they were getting primed for movement and one day the leg would rise. And eventually it did. So don't be too disappointed if it takes a while, just keep on sending those messages. :) You're right about the need for patience. The surgeons all seem to say 3 months, and I think they are pretty sure by then that the procedure has been a success, at which point they lose interest a bit. My physio always said that it was his job to help me reach my personal goals, which in my case were just about pain-free walking for a good afternoon hike, being able to get a cast iron casserole in and out of the oven, dancing round the kitchen when no one was watching and getting my socks on. And he would not discharge me until the goals were reached (I can do all those things now, but it took about 9 months; I'm in the slow healing group).

      It sounds as though you are doing really well, maybe you are a supersonic healer.

      Best of luck.

    • ZenZen profile image

      ZenZen 4 years ago

      Hi Hipsters,

      Welcome niniclifford! It was me that commented on my left thigh muscle resembling a jellyfish at 3mos. My progress will be very different from others. I've had both hips replaced since Jan. so my recovery is not a good example of the process. What I have learned is it is imperative to keep moving through it all. Listen to your body and move as much as it allows.

      Healing wishes Hippies,

      Best,

      Zen

    • profile image

      niniclifford 4 years ago

      I am new to your site and am looking for some advice regarding PT. I am 9 weeks post op after having had a full anterior left hip replacement. I am doing PT three times a week (started 2 weeks ago), and have purchases a stationary bike for home which I do three times a day, walking without a cane and not experiencing any pain. Some soreness after PT if I work to hard. I have some numbness on the inside of my left leg, just next to my knee. It seems as if the muscles have not woken up. My left leg muscles feel weak and will not do what my brain tells them to do. I asked both my doctor and my physical therapist when I could expect to be feeling more like I did prior to the surgery and both have said at around 3 months. However after reading some of the comments here, I see that recovery varies greatly. The one comment about "leg muscles feel like jelly" kind of got to me. Will be traveling to N. Ireland for Christmas and I was really hoping that I would be much improved by then. Thoughts?

    • ZenZen profile image

      ZenZen 4 years ago

      Laurie, if I'm not mistaken, you're going on 3wks post right now. Be very careful. What is your weight bearing status? The first 6wks. are very uncomfortable...hard to do anything, including sleep, the risk of dislocation is also highish. Protect the surrounding tissue until your surgeon lifts restrictions. This surgery takes time to recover from. Have you read the posts on this forum from the beginning? The wealth of knowledge here is brilliant.

      XOX,

      Zen

    • ZenZen profile image

      ZenZen 4 years ago

      Maggie, I'm down on my knees, (figuratively of course), apologizing for my previous post re: SHG and Rockstar labels. My only excuse for such disregard of really healthy distinctions is that I have the tendency to accept and jump to whatever label I have been offered. (Born in the Year of the Rabbit). Lesson learned. Everyone reading, please forgive yesterdays diatribe. I truly meant no harm. BTW: What do you mean by, "Ducking"? XXOOXOXOXO

      Healing wishes to All Hippies.

      XOX,

      Zen

    • Laurie Russell profile image

      Laurie Russell 4 years ago from London, Ontario

      Thanks for all the encouragement! My biggest problem is lying on the bed at night. My leg seems to take a position that is so uncomfortable! My ankle acts like it's not attached to my leg and flops into a very awkward position. I never did like lying on my back! Sometimes I think a good massage would really help. I do massage the upper leg and that seems to help the lower as well.

    • profile image

      Maggie 4 years ago

      Toots, I'm sending you a major dose of "Special Pixie Dust," with unlimited refills! As Barbara stated, I so admire your ability to retain your humor and keep your eyes on the prize during this long, arduous battle. I hope your treatments have finally come to an end and you are now in a recovery phase? If anyone ever deserved some special perks right now, it's definitely you! Enjoy every bit of extra attention that comes your way along with those morphine dreams! I imagine naked shopping might be a bit chilly this time of year in your locale, so I'm glad to hear you were fully clothed for those dreamy expeditions.:-) Please keep us posted as you can, eh?

      Anthony, welcome to the hippest site for hippies! It sounds as though you are doing remarkably well.:-) Just keep you expectations reasonable and up your daily dose of patience for the long-haul!

      Zen, my first thought on reading your commentary regarding "labels" was.....can you guess? No? Hehehehe. I thought, "How very Zen!" *Ducking* And yes, it's quite true, we all get "there" eventually, regardless of how we are labelled. Personally, I found the distinctions helpful because I am such a slow-healer, so it was wonderful to know I wasn't alone in that SHG arena. I needed all the moral support I could get from those like me who crawled along at a snail's pace, one step forward, two steps back. It was a huge factor in retaining my precarious sanity during those long, dark months. Ironically, I also benefitted enormously by hearing tales from our "Rock Stars," because it gave me hope that full recovery actually does occur and isn't just a "pipe dream," only reserved for the uber-lucky and few. Those Rockers all gave me hope, something that can be in short supply for one such as myself.

      Janice, it's great to see you here again, though I truly wish you felt oodles better at this point. I can't help but wonder if something else entirely, "un-hip" is really the source of your pain. Unfortunately, there are many possibilities, generally neurological in nature. Perhaps you could consult with an M.D. who specializes in Pain Management or a Physiatrist who specializes in rehabbing difficult cases? You could also consult with a Rheumaltologist to rule out other possibilities. I know none of this is in the least bit appealing, but....it's your quality of life that's at stake here. Please don't just accept this condition as permanent yet, ok? It's very possible there's a med or treatment program that can restore you to good health, but, you do have to muster the emotional energy to seek out the possibilities. You are also getting a special delivery of "Pixie-Dust," refills unlimited.

      Laurie, welcome! Like Anthony, you seem to be faring remarkably well! I can't even begin to imagine not utilizing Rx pain meds at such an early juncture, but hey, if it's working for you, I say "Kudos!" Just one note in that regard; don't be a pain "martyr." It doesn't aid in the recovery process, and in fact, can hinder healing, especially once you begin *real* Physical Therapy after the 6 week point. Interestingly, we do our most valuable healing while sleeping, and if nothing else, the Rx pain meds help to provide some decent zzzz's those first few months. Beauty rest matters!

      Hugs and hope to all who are struggling!

    • profile image

      anthony8 4 years ago

      Thanks Barbara and Zen for the welcome, the information and the advice. It is so comforting to be around folks who are going through, or have gone through the same thing. You are so right about this healing being a process.

      First in-home PT visit today and she thought I was ahead of schedule and doing well, but she confirmed with my surgeon's office that I am still on "partial weight-bearing precautions", so I have to cut back on some of my activities. This doc is old-school and very conservative, but I trust him and of course, will follow his rules.

      Janice, I am so sorry you have had such a tough time - I really hope your body finds a way to relieve your pain. I am new to this myself, so I will leave the wisdom-giving to others here. Nice to meet you. :-)

    • profile image

      Janice 4 years ago

      Hi everyone it has been a long time since I have been on this sight, not because I haven't been thinking of everyone it has been a long haul still for me.. Almost 2 years this coming Feb. 2013 and I just finished theraphy again.. My leg will probably never be the same. I do have a few days when i am not in pain but most of the time I have pain. I keep trying to look at it that when I fell with the dogs it could of been worse than what I am going through. At least I am alive. I just wish the pain would go away and things would be normal for me.. Still unsure of myself always worring that if I fall what will happen next. Just could not go through another operation on my hip.. Well I just wanted to say HI to everyone and wish the best to all of the old and new hippies. Hope everyone is doing well.

    • profile image

      ZenZen 4 years ago

      Hi Hippy Friends,

      Barbara, Maggie, Toots: THANK YOU!!!!! XOXOXOXOXOXOXO

      We all have to remember that healing, (I think from anything), is a process. Lots of challenges arise en-route. But we are resilient.

      Ultimately, I think that our bionisizations will help us.

      Perhaps the SHG and Rockstar status qualitative ideas are not the most definitive interpretative labels to use. I am thinking that we need to accept this journey for the struggle that it is and not place any expectations on our healing processes. Given time we will heal...Right? :O

      Welcome, Anthony8. You're in very good company. Feel confident and keep moving!

      Laurie, Congratulations on your progress. It sounds like you have a strong handle on the journey. Stay strong, listen to your body; it will tell you in no uncertain terms if and when you need pain meds.

      Please excuse my bragging. The time has come for me to say, "Have you seen my cane?, I thought I had it with me." ....I keep leaving it around ..... :)))))))))))) Newcomers, this is good news! (3ish mos.post on THR#2 since Jan.)

      Big Hugs to All you Hippsters.

      XOX,

      Zen

    • BarbaraNC profile image

      BarbaraNC 4 years ago

      Welcome to the forum, Anthony8! You sound like you're doing remarkably well at 4 days post op, so congratulations! I wouldn't worry about the low-grade fever unless, as they advised, it got into the range where they said you should contact the doctor. Your body has been through so much, and a low-grade fever is your body doing its job to fight off any possible infection. The fact that your scar area is looking good is another sign your body is succeeding in that micro-battle! The initial loss of appetite is quite normal as well. (Once I started feeling like eating again, I craved chicken wings for some reason!)

      Other advice: I'm glad that the Tylenol is working for you, but in the event that pain gets worse (don't be surprised), you should not feel hesitant to take the prescription pain meds. We often feel like we want to abandon those before we really should. The healing process, as we've all discovered, is not a straight line but a jagged (yet upward) one. This means that it will be a "two steps forward; one step backward" kind of thing for most people. You'll have good days and bad days (maybe even good weeks and bad weeks), but please don't feel discouraged if that happens because it seems to be very common. You may be one of the lucky few who heal quickly, but even if you're not, you're in great company here on this forum! Best of luck, and let us know if you have any other concerns or issues that come up. We've pretty much heard it all!

      Best wishes to all,

      Barbara

    • profile image

      anthony8 4 years ago

      hi everyone,

      i am grateful to have found this site and all you nice folks...i've read a bunch of posts, and the information and support here is incredible...

      i just had my right total hip replacement done on wednesday, so this is day 4 post-op for me...i left the hospital yesterday and the only concern i have is the low-grade fevers i've had off and on since surgery...sometimes my temp is below normal - 97.3 this morning but then goes up - 100.1 tonight...

      at discharge they told me to contact the surgeon if my temp went above 102.5 and that lower-grade fevers are normal, so i don't want to overreact, but i'd be interested to hear if others experienced this and how long the fevers may have lasted...

      i am staying well-hydrated, my wound is healing nicely with no redness or significant draining, and i am feeling better every day...this morning i walked 600 feet to the end of my street on two crutches and back on one crutch...

      other than the two regular tylenol i took last night, i am not taking any pain meds and at rest, i would rate my pain a 0-1 and while walking, maybe a 3 or 4 on a 0-10 scale...i'm not eating much yet as my appetite is diminished, but i am forcing myself to eat a few small meals a day and tonight i was hungrier than i have been and ate more...

      my incision is over 10-inches long and my pre-surgical hip was totally shot including avascular necrosis - my surgery was 4 hours and quite complicated but i had a great surgeon...

      i'd appreciate any experience anyone has had with these low-grade fevers and any advice as well - thanks!

    • profile image

      Toots UK 4 years ago

      Laurier, I hope you have the handy pick-up device, known as a 'grabber', or, in my case 'Nanna's claw'. Very good for picking up dropped item, it even has a magnet on the tip. Sometimes, though, you need to sweep said item against a perpendicular surface such as sofa base in order to grab it effectively. Hours of fun for the bend-at-waist-challenged.

      Glad to hear the note of optimism in your post. I think you will find sleeping problems more or less universal among those who have had THR. But it does get better!

      Best wishes.

    • Laurie Russell profile image

      Laurie Russell 4 years ago from London, Ontario

      Hi Hippys! Almost 2 weeks since I had my left hip done. Stayed 6 days in respite after hospital. Really glad I did as I feel great now that I'm home! Of course I am always dropping something and problem solving ! Can't say I've had great sleep cause I haven't! I guess I could take heavier pain meds at bedtime but I really don't want to. I'm willing to put up with the discomfort as part of the process!

    • BarbaraNC profile image

      BarbaraNC 4 years ago

      Zenia, I'm so sorry to hear about the loss of your sweet dog. I know that pets are family, and I am glad you have the other dog and other family members to comfort you. As for your recovery, I agree with Maggie (as usual) that you are on track and am glad that you are benefiting from walking. Hugs to you.

      Dear Toots, I so admire your ability to keep your eyes focused on the positives and to retain a sense of humor throughout! I'm glad that your mobility is not really affected by all you're undergoing, and I am confident you'll be facing Christmas celebrations fully loaded with gifts! Hugs to you too!

      Barry - glad to hear you're doing so well!

      Best wishes to all.

      Barbara

    • profile image

      Toots UK 4 years ago

      Hi All, it's been a long time since I posted but I have been lurking and hoping for you all, for good recoveries and defeating those setbacks, aches and pains. I am just coming up to my 1st year anniversary and am really happy with my hip replacement. I can walk a good distance and do most of what I want, if not always with the grace I would like!

      Unfortunately I have been diagnosed with further spread of cancer in the hip (THR was done because of breast cancer mets). Thank you all who sent good wishes after my last post. I feel like we are a real community on here! I have had more radiotherapy to stabilise things but am still very ouchy. With cancer they jump to morphine without preliminaries, so I'm having very entertaining morphine dreams. I dreamt last night that it was Christmas Eve and I hadn't done my Xmas shopping, haha (but at least I was wearing my clothes while I raced around the shops). Thankfully this new pain does not reduce my mobility. It's at its worse at night or if I sit too long. A large element is nerve pain, going down my leg, and buzzing around in my shin.

      Cancer patients get some extras. Yesterday I had a free makeover, a bizarre experience for someone who has to be getting married, at the very least, before applying a bit of lippy. So now I have a bagful of freebies, holding more make up than has been in my house in the whole of the last 20 years. The session was arranged by lovely volunteer beauticians -lovely pampering.

      Zenzen, so sorry to hear about the passing on of your little dog. It must have been a shock to find he had died. I'm sure you will find the walking helpful with strengthening your legs, and it's good for sadness too.

      Barry, glad to read you are doing well and able to get into the garden. Hmmm...wish you could come and do mine, neglected due to never quite getting round to it, I'm afraid. I think your one or two twinges are due to the hip just letting you know it's the. I think the hip likes to remind us of its presence from time to time, to stop us getting above ourselves.

      Marilyn, it sounds as though that's what your hip is doing - just giving a little reminder that it's there. It sounds as if you might have had a bit of a sharp impact through your leg which can make everything feel a bit tender for a while. As Barbara says, hopefully it will resolve itself. I think dislocations at your stage are very rare, as the muscles around the joint will be working well to keep everything firm. But, if in doubt, get it checked out.

      Barbara and Maggie, so lovely to find you still on here. Your cheerful good sense is an inspiration to all (haha, I wrote 'food sense' by mistake - sure you have that too!)

      Best of luck, hippies everywhere.

    • profile image

      Maggie 4 years ago

      Marilyn, I'm just a year post-op, but have had a few episodes of muscle strain from making certain movements, much like you've described. A few weeks ago, I painted my kitchen and dining room and was using a two-stair step stool. Several times, I just *forgot* it was a two stair, and stepped down to the floor from the top; ouch! My leg felt odd for a bit, but thankfully, it cleared up quickly with rest. As Barbara stated, most likely it's not a serious problem and is probably just a muscle strain or pull that will ease quickly with rest. I don't believe one can actually walk with a dislocated hip, so I'd put that fear to rest. I also think you'd be writhing in pain if such was the case. These new hips really are sturdy and it would take a huge impact to cause severe injury.

      Barry, how nice to see you and hear that you're doing well! Best of luck on your annual exam. I'm sure you'll "Ace it!"

      Zen-Zen, OMG! My heartfelt condolences on the loss of your beloved pup.:-( As a life long dog owner, I've been there many times; it's never easy, but it does help to have another fur-buddy at hand.

      I didn't realize you were cycling to avoid walking! Cycling is great, but...it's not weight-bearing. You really do need to walk a bit each day, at least 30 minutes if you can, even if it's broken into two sessions, so I'm glad to hear you've started. I think everyone gets *antsy* at about the 3 month point because we do expect some sort of recovery miracle to occur. Obviously, even one such as yourself who's been down this road with Hip #1, is not immune to that type of thinking. More than anything, it's emotionally draining to still feel weak, tired, and just not up to snuff. Clearly, at 3 months we all feel MUCH better than we did the first 4 weeks, but....it's really not "good enough." I know I didn't begin to feel any real sense of turning the recovery corner until roughly 5-6 months. I was definitely in the Tin-Man category at just 3 months. Truly, I think you are just where you're supposed to be recovery- wise, which is, of course, different than where you'd like to be; pffft! *Deep breaths, patience rules!*

    • ZenZen profile image

      ZenZen 4 years ago

      Hi Hippies,

      Barry, thank you for your realistic reminder. I'm now 3mos. post on THR L-side and 10mos. post on THR R-side. Lately I've felt ANGRY with my body for not healing at the pace I think it should. You've helped me add some good and sensible perspective to my expectations. Thanks again.

      I studied my legs last night. Laying in bed I extended and pointed toes and flexed legs to assess the condition my cranky upper thigh muscles. After 10mos. my right leg is beginning to look and feel like a good strong leg again. :))))))) At 3mos. left leg muscle still resembles a jelly fish. :((boring).

      I'm currently experiencing a recovery epiphany. On Sunday morning I awoke to find that one of my 2 small dogs had died, (Stroke), at the foot of my bed. The loss of her is tough for me digest, but, she has a surviving male partner dog. I was feeling that I needed to walk and walk and walk him to help relieve him of his grief. In doing so, I've discovered that my legs feel much better for the additional walking. The TinMan stage may be ending.

      Bottom line to that story is that I had been cycling to avoid walking. Now I know that I have to walk to regain lost strength and muscle tone. It's tiring, but I feel it's helping.

      I'm off to walk Ralf now.

      Happy healing hipsters.

      Best,

      Zen

    • profile image

      Barry 4 years ago

      Hi,all just an update,I am now at 11 months,should soon have my annual check up,I notice there are quite a number of new people on here,that have worries,I feel that in the early stage we do expect too much,I was lucky and after 3 months,felt very good,I did play golf after about 5 months and had no problems.As Barbara says we all get pains every so often,we always think it is our hip,but unless you are in pain constantly,you should just rest for a few days to recover ,often it is just because we have not really used our leg so much.Remember, though the procedure we have all had,does not guarantee a full successful recovery, you only have to look on this forum to see that most are, even if it is not to a full 100%,but can only be much better than what we are before the operation,I myself when walking longer distances,get a pain at the top of my hip,but if I stop for a few minutes it goes...I can live with that,as it does not happen all the time,but daily chores around the house, also working presents no problem whatsoever..I can do gardening,where as before really struggled and was in a lot of pain.I did recently get a cramping sensation around my hip area,when I bent down and got up,it was a funny sensation.I think it was when I slept, I put my leg across the other leg a bit like crossing your legs..and have since stopped doing it ,and now it appears to have cleared up.So you see even after all this time there are slight concerns.I often go through the day even forgetting about the hip,but I can honestly say.I dont think I will ever forget,as when sleeping on my side I feel a very slight pulling sensation,but that is inevitable,I can sleep on that side with no problem,also firt thing in the morning you can be a little stiff,so to put a lot of you from worrying,these slight pains can happen at a year on,and I consider I am luckier than most in my healing.so happy healing to you,and all the best in your recupperation...

    • profile image

      Marilyn 4 years ago

      Barbara, Thank you so much for responding to my concern. It does help to hear that what I am feeling may not be so unusual. Hopefully, I won't have the discomfort/pain for much longer. As you suggested, if I don't feel better soon, I will go to my Surgeon. I really do appreciate hearing from you.

      Take care.

    • BarbaraNC profile image

      BarbaraNC 4 years ago

      Hi Marilyn, I am 1 year and 3 months post surgery, and I have occasional setbacks from things such as you describe. However, I have learned to wait a bit before letting myself get worried about it because usually the setbacks (pain) are just temporary. And I think that's similar to the kind of discomfort we'd experience in any joint if we were to wrench it or the pain from over-stretching/twisting some muscles. If the pain intensifies or persists even after rest and ibuprofen, I'd see the doctor/your surgeon. If you had dislocated the hip, I would think you'd be in more pain than you describe, so hopefully it's just a matter of "babying" your hip for a few more days. Best wishes.

      Barbara

    • profile image

      Marilyn 4 years ago

      It's just about 2 years since my right hip surgery. There has been pain, a day here and there, but, able to deal with it. But, about a week ago, I went into, and of course, out of, my son's brand new car, not concerned about it. What I didn't realize until it was too late was that the entrance to the car was high without any extra part to step on. Since then, my leg feels different, and it hurts more than usual. I just wonder if I might have pulled something in the surgical area, like the titanium replacement! Has anyone felt they pulled something in their leg, so long after surgery? Thanks to anyone who has the time, and similar issue, to reply to me.

    • profile image

      vivbin 4 years ago

      Hi KellyrUK, hello to a fellow UK hipster. I do remember the frustration of not being able to find a comfortable sleeping position. I got some meds from my GP called tramadol. They are fairly heavy duty but did the trick. Down side is side effects were a feeling of sickness if I took more than 4 a day ( 200mg), so I was careful not to. I still have a bit of discomfort at night and sometimes take a couple of these pills before I go to bed. More often than not I get the urge to get up at night because my legs seem to want me to get up and walk around. I think it is referred to as "restless leg" in this side of the pond. It is a real pain in the neck, but a quick walk around and a glass of milk seem to help. Did not have this before my op. Anyone else had this, or am I going nuts?

    • profile image

      vivbin 4 years ago

      Maggie.

      Thank you so much for the very helpful advice. I will keep up with the exercises and scale down my water aerobics. The garden can go on hold as the winter is about to descend on us. And the relief of being rid of the hip pain is enormous.

      gkorbar.

      I will look on Amazon for the nail clippers. Thank you for that.I have a sock aid somewhere, somehow it got mislaid whilst I was in hospital. Kind relatives tidying up!!

    • profile image

      Maggie 4 years ago

      Gkorbar, do you by any chance have access to an Osteopath? They do hands-on work with soft tissue, but not exactly massage. I used one for months prior to surgery to keep my hip as flexible as possible and it was beneficial.

      Vivbin, all the aches and pains you describe are perfectly normal at just 8 weeks post-op. The severity of the achy-butt syndrome will decrease over the next month or two, but not necessarily disappear altogether.

      At a year post-op, I am still *aware* of my bionic hip. It's not painful, but it's somewhat stiff and just....." different." That's why I said yesterday I will always have to stretch and keep the area as limber as possible.

      Though the home exercises are loathesome, it's really important to do them. You will regain strength, balance and flexibility much sooner if you "go with the program." Perhaps you just overdid things in the pool since water exercise is very beneficial. Next time, just do a bit less. Avoid kicking foward while in the pool for now; it's very aggravating initially. Unfortunately, it's all a grand experiment in finding how much is "enough," versus "too much," with respect to execise. Naturally, we all have a different experience with that as well. The PT (physio to you) might make recommendations that don't work for you. As such, you really need to listen to your body; it knows best.:-) They have a tendency to push hard, as if we're in training for the Olympics. So, if you can't do 4 sets of 8 clamshells, or 4 sets of 8 squats, scale them back and apply that logic to all exercise. It takes a good month of strengthening 3x a week to achieve any lasting results, so patience is key.

      Do you have a "sock-aid?" They really make things easier, as do slip-on style shoes or shoes with elastic laces.

      As to kneeling, bending and gardening, let's just say. "Not yet." You may be one of the luckier "Hippies," who will be able to perform those tasks at 3-4 months, maybe six months post-op, but those are very difficult if not impossible moves at just 8 weeks. I'd be willing to bet they're no your list of "Moves to avoid," until all precautions are lifted at 12 weeks. My memory is slightly foggy in that regard, but I do know you are still in the precauitionary stage, so don't try to push things beyond those boundaries. The last thing you'd want is a dislocation, eh?

      Try not to sit for longer than 45 minutes to an hour. Pop up and walk for 5-10 minutes before sitting again. If possible, sit in a different chair. The more time spent on your feet and the less time in a chair is the recipe for a happier bottom!

    • profile image

      gkorbar 4 years ago

      Maggie, the surgeon told me last visit that the oscification i have shouldn't be causing the movement problem. I do have low flexibilty, I always exercise, walking, cycling, but not much stretching. I have been trying to get more flexibility in the hip, very slow progress. Massage may help, i will check into a unit. I am two weeks away from 8 months out from surgery, and pain is gone. I will give it a year and if still can't move enough will persue other options.

      Vivbin, as far as not being able to reach foot for nail cutting, I found a long handled toe nail clipper on Amazon.com, it was $65 i think, lot of money but it is well machined. It has a magnifing glass built on, works well. Also since I cant reach my foot for showering, i also found a long handled foot cleaner on Amazon, it is a long handled brush, with a small sponge attachment to go between toes. I still use a sock aid, can get my shoe on by slipping foot in and sitting on end of chair, reach my foot up behind me like doing a calf stretch, also have elastic laces so i don't need to tie the shoe. Im sure i don't look good doing it, but it was an accomplishment to be able to get laced shoes on with no long shoe horn. Keep doing exercises, it is slow process but it will get better.

    • profile image

      vivbin 4 years ago

      Thank you for the welcome. I had a Left posterior hip replacement some 8 weeks ago. I am 69 years young and had been very fit and active prior to the onset of severe backache and arthritis in my hip. After several months of waiting for a diagnostic injection to see which area was responsible for the pain, I had reached the stage of being unable to walk further than 20 yards!! My GP referred me to a marvellous consultant and I had the new hip. Immediately the awful arthritic pain had gone. Hip,hip hooray! I still have the backache and will probably be a candidate for an injection at a later date.

      However, I still am very aware of my new hip. Still aches around the op site, and very difficult to put on my socks. As for cutting my toenails, nearly impossible. I think I will sign up for pedicures!

      I was interested to hear of your purchase of a pair of wellies Maggie.

      I live in the depths of the countryside and with the wet summer that we have had, I had to wear wellies in order to walk my dog. Managed quite well. However, I tried a session of water aerobics last week and did myself no favours. Too much too soon. Very frustrating, I cannot do any gardening yet as kneeling and bending are difficult. Also, a bit worried that my left buttock aches badly. And I am not too good at keeping up with my physio exercises given to me in hospital.

    • profile image

      Maggie 4 years ago

      Barbara, LOL, we really are, aren't we?

      Vivbin, welcome! Tell us more about your procedure (anterior or posterior) and how you're feeling. At eight weeks, things are typically just beginning to "look-up," a bit.:-) Keeping expectations realistic is very important for the psyche and we can all help you achieve that state. The best lesson I learned early on is to never compare my progress with others because that just leads to frustration. We all bring different things to the table; age, general health, fitness level, and other underlying medical issues that greatly impact our individual recoveries. And then there's just "luck," and that has a mind of it's own.:-) Post often and your recovery will at least be shared; it makes a difference!

      Kelly, words do matter, as all of us know very well. It's truly a lifeline to have an ongoing support network of people in every stage of recovery so that we never feel alone with our symptoms. 99% of the time, someone else has felt what you are experiencing, emotionally and physically. So glad to hear we made a difference for you yesterday!

      Happy Note: Today, I went shopping and bought a rather heavy pair of Rain Boots; "Wellies," to our British friends. Last winter, I wouldn't have been able to get them on, never mind actually walk in them. Today, I trudged through the woods with them for about an hour, pain-free. What a difference a year makes!

    • profile image

      vivbin 4 years ago

      Hi, have just discovered your site. Have had left hip replacement 8 weeks ago, and perhaps expect too much at this stage. A relief to know that I am not alone, all be it a long way away in the UK. Thank you for all your comments.

    • BarbaraNC profile image

      BarbaraNC 4 years ago

      Kelly, I'm so glad our words give you some cheer and encouragement!

      Hello dear Maggie!! It made me laugh to realize we were actually composing posts at the exact same time (you are my twin). ;-)

      Barbara

    • profile image

      KellyrUK 4 years ago

      Hi Barbara and Maggie

      Once again, your wise words have given me that boost we all need from time to time. Aches and pains forced me up and out of bed early this morning, but read your posts and my day has lightened already. Will take your advice and see how it goes for the next month (but need to get some pain meds from the doc in the meantime). Thank you so much and I'll keep you "posted" :)

    • profile image

      Maggie 4 years ago

      Hi Barbara!

      Kelly, one more thought. Somehow I missed the "pins and needles" in your foot the first read through. Typically, this is indicative of a lower lumbar problem, not the hip. It's not great news, I know, but it may also explain many of your other arse-aches, as it has for me. I've had a lot of PT to help mine and it has helped, but am now going for the above mention steroid injection to see if it will eliminate all the discomfort.

      If your pain meds aren't working, why not request something different? You need "Beauty Rest." We all do!

      If your knee is painful, avoid stairs , squats and lunges until it has calmed down!

    • profile image

      Maggie 4 years ago

      GKorbar, Huzzah! You got that sock on wihout an aid! I echo what Barbara said regarding flexibility, especially when it comes to socks and shoes and toenail. For many, it just takes a LONG time.

      Very often, whatever strengths and weaknesses we brought to the surgical table are exacerbated post-surgically. In my case, weak ADDuctors and hamstrings from waiting too long for surgery. As a result, they were the last of my problems to resolve. I could be wrong, but perhaps you had some flexibility issues prior surgery and now those particular muscles feel *insulted* and need some extra attention. Correct me if I'm wrong, but I believe that the ectopic bone issue had been ruled out on your last visit to the FOD?

      In my most humble opinion, other than time and making a gargantuan effort to stretch, heat and massage are your best friends. Massage oxygenates muscle tissue and speeds the healing process while simultaneously breaking up scar tissue. If you don't own a good, hand held massager, I'd say buy one. Brookstones has some very high quality massagers and Bed, Bath and Beyond has some decent ones by Homedics.

      The other little tidbit we all need to keep in mind is that this surgery does not offer any "guarantees," other than the elimination of groin pain. If your groin pain is absent and your X-Rays are "normal," you are then considered a success surgically. The surgeons really don't give a ratzazz about the rest of our aches, pains, frustrations and limitations. For the most part, they are unable to address them satisfactorily. In their book, that's what therapists are for, whether it be PT, massage, an osteopath or acupuncture. If we can walk, limp-free, sans cane for a "reasonable" length of time, they're basically happy. Unfortunately, we (in the universal sense) aren't quite so easily pleased.

      If your bending issues don't resolve within a year, you might try consulting with a Physiatrist. They are M.D.'s who specialize in rehab and body mechanics; not surgeons.

      Saundra, WOW! Look at you! I have a feeling you'll be giving Zen some competition for the Hippie Rockstar title, LOL!

      Barbara, just say "no," to the shoulder, eh? Aaaarrgghh!!!!! Is it the side you sleep on? If so, and you don't wish to change sides, do you use a foam bed pillow? I ask because it made a huge difference to me when I had a torn rotator cuff. Hubby had bursitis in his shoulder and also benefitted greatly from a memory foam pillow. Hope it clears up soon!

      I am scheduled for my spine injection on Nov 23rd.....what fun; pffft! But, if it helps, it'll be worthwhile.

      Sending "Special Pixie Dust" to all who are struggling.:-)

    • BarbaraNC profile image

      BarbaraNC 4 years ago

      Hi Kelly! First of all, congratulations for making it to the 6 month mark, and for having x-rays that look great - that's wonderful! We have to celebrate all the positives because even after 6 or 7 months, we still have plenty of things to challenge us. You also sound like you're ahead of the game regarding toenail-clipping, so hurrah! Yes, I do believe the pain will go away. My guess is that the PT, while necessary for making progress in terms of mobility and range of motion, can sometimes ramp up the pain level overall. This should be a temporary setback, and hopefully the pain will ease up as you back off from some of the more intense PT exercises. The pain down the leg around the knee may be something Maggie is better prepared to address (IT band?). Yes, the pain/stiffness always seems worse when we've been sitting for awhile - sorry to say that probably won't change soon. But I like to think of it this way: it's a little reminder of what it felt like all the time just a few months ago, so it helps me to appreciate the fact that now it's just temporary! I'm sorry to hear that you are having sleep problems -- it's likely related to the overall pain level having increased from the PT work. You may want to try a few days of rest (no PT exercises) to see if things calm down a bit. Best to you!

      gkorbar, Yes, it's discouraging if you can't reach your foot at 7 months. If you see a Physical Therapist, ask about some exercises to help increase your ability to bend. I found these kinds of exercises to be a bit on the painful side, but I do think it helped to increase the bend angle I could manage. Meanwhile, we have to be creative (as you were when you had to put your sock on without the aid!) and find ways of doing things that may not be in the usual way. In a long ago (and far away) post, I described an exercise I was given that was specifically to help me access my foot to put socks on. I'll repeat it: Take a belt, and buckle it up so it's a closed loop. While lying down, put the arch of your (surgery-side) foot inside the belt at the bottom of the loop (so the belt is under your arch), and then use your (non-surgery side) hand at the top of the loop to pull the belt (and thus the foot) across your shin and above your (non-surgery side) knee. Hold for 5 seconds. Then bring your foot back down. Repeat this 10 times. At first you may not make it above the knee but eventually you'll be able to go higher and higher. What this does is help you to eventually be more comfortable placing your surgery-side foot on top of the opposite knee where you can access your foot to put your sock on (from a sitting position). I must say that I still cheat a bit when I'm wearing long pants and grab/lift the pant leg to help me get my foot on top of my knee, but whatever works!! Good luck with everything.

      Healing wishes to all.

      Barbara

    • profile image

      Maggie 4 years ago

      Kelly, you may just be a member of the "Slow Healing Group," affectionately known as the SHG. We've several members, many of whom (self-included) still had significant pain at 6 months post-op. That said, there are, of course, other possibilities. The first that comes to my mind is tight hip flexors because you mentioned pain in the front, pelvic region. Are you stretching those on a daily basis, a couple of times a day? They tighten up from too much sitting; sad, but true. And, they're very stubborn! Try this: Sit on the very edge of your bed (practically falling off) and place your back flat down. Put your op-leg foot flat on the floor. Grab your good leg and pull it up toward your chest. Hold for 40 seconds. Do it again. Do it once more. Do it 3x a day. This will keep those pesty hip-flexors as loose as they can be. When those are tight, they can cause pain in the rear as well.

      Are you stretching your hamstrings and quads? If not, do those as well, 3x a day. Personally, though I didn't wish to acknowledge this initially, I've come to realize that stretching is a must, most likely for eternity. Once I'm 6' under, I'll be able to stop.:-)

      If these don't help, get a foam roller from your PT person or buy one at a sports store. Lay on the floor and position the roller under your most sore spots; sounds counterintuitive, I know. However, they work very well to break up scar tissue and reduce muscle spasms and tight muscles, the bain of many a Hippies' existence. If you have pain right at the hip joint, use a hard, rubber dog ball to massage that area. You can do this while standing with your back against any flat surface; just roll the hard ball toward the hip joint and roll it around a bit where it's *ouchy*. This also helps loosen things up and breaks up scar tissue. Some people form more scar tissue than others and there's no rhyme or reason to it, just a PITA (literally) for those who do.

      Use a heating pad to warm everything up prior to these exercises and use ice afterwards.

      I didn't *begin* to feel really decent until 8 months post-op, so you are not alone. Remember, one year is the actual milestone where one "should" be able to WWT....Walk Without Thinking, but I think even that needs to be taken with a grain of salt. Your mileage may vary!

      If none of this helps (give it a good month or two) have a medical professional take a good look at your back. A lot of back problems manifest in the hip area and it's confusing to patients and surgeons. Ask me how I know.....ugh!

      P.S. : Don't sit in chairs that are too hard or too soft for any length of time. It's not easy to find that "Happy Medium," chairwise, but they do exist. Use a good cushion when on a hard chair. Conversely, chairs that are too soft place a lot of strain on all the gluteal muscles due to lack of support and that = pain.

      Sending you heaps of patience and hope! It really does improve....eventually.

    • profile image

      gkorbar 4 years ago

      Hi Hippies,

      I haven't been able to post for a while, or check up on posts. I traveled to Florida for the winter, a lot to get ready for a 6 month stay. BarbaraNC, thanks for words of encouragement, feel sometimes only one who has bending problem i have. It's been 7 months and still can't reach my foot. Went through another month of therapy, helped a bit. I still need a sock aid, long handled nail clipper, and long handle brush with toe sponge to clean foot, it is a pain. I am happy with the lack of pain, only some soreness with lying on it for long periods. I did actually put my sock on without aid week ago. I was at gym, and after using a leg press and moving bench forward after 10 reps several times seemed to be able to bend more. I also sat in spa for a while. I had forgot my sock aid, and after several attempts to put sock on i got angry and grabbed my pants leg and pulled leg as far as i could, just reached enough to slip sock over toes, and managed to pull it up somehow, guess there is hope yet.

    • profile image

      KellyrUK 4 years ago

      Morning everyone,

      It’s been about 3 months since I last posted, but I’ve been trying to keep up by reading your posts regularly (not easy with all the scrolling, but hey..).

      Barbara and Maggie – great news from you both (apart from shoulder pains and achie arses!!!).: you are a constant source of encouragement to us “undergraduates”. And Toots – you must be one of the most positive people I’ve come across – the very best of good wishes and hopes to you.

      Still on my road to graduating from hippie school - had my 6 month check recently and Xrays all good, though I didn’t get to see my surgeon as I’d hoped (2 hours waiting for the x-ray and all the big shots had gone home leaving a duty registrar who seemed anxious to finish so I feel he dismissed my PROBLEM. Hoping some of you wise and positive hippies can help with this :

      Positives – my mobility has increased a lot – can now walk short distances without the cane (though anything over 10 minutes stroll and I need the old prop to keep me going); can do socks (and toenails!) - hurrah! -with a bit of contorting and odd leg positions though I’m not quite ready to throw the lovely Sockson away just yet. Can even manage to get down to the floor and up again(though it’s not my favourite thing to do!) Plus – my PT referred me for six weeks of physio/gym at my local hospital PT department, which I’ve just completed – helped heaps with the mobility. NOT SO POSITIVES : Pain – will it ever improve??? If anything, seems worse since I started physio/gym.. I’m having pain around the incision/hip joint, down the front of my thigh and around my knee. Better when I'm standing or even moving around, worse when I've been sitting for a while and much worse during the night when the front of my hip (pelvis?) aches like mad; back to waking up 3 to 4 times during the night and struggling to get in a pain-free position. Cocodamol at bedtime no help. Same thing last night and even had the old pins ‘n needles in my foot this morning. Mentioned all this to the duty registrar – he said see you again in 3 months! My PT says to monitor and see my GP if it gets any worse. Thought by 6 months pain would be decreasing, not the opposite!

      Sorry to be all doom and gloom, but any thoughts anyone? Anyone else been through similar? Would really appreciate your input hipsters. Keep on posting, it’s a therapy in itself.

      Kelly

    • BarbaraNC profile image

      BarbaraNC 4 years ago

      Zenia, I'm doing really well with the hip - thanks for asking! It was a year post-surgery in July, and I have to say that the past few months have been great where I finally feel like I go days without thinking about the hip! Now I'm having shoulder problems, but like Maggie with her knee, I'm not ready to address it because I am too worried that it will mean more surgery (and it mostly only bothers me at night)! I'm glad to hear that you're doing so well also.

      Gkorbar, I wouldn't worry too much about the trouble bending for socks/shoes because it seems to be the last thing to get past in the recovery process - I was still having trouble at 7 months, but it did get better. I made an effort to hold the bend position a bit longer each time even though uncomfortable, and it eventually paid off. I no longer "sweat and swear" when I have to clip my toenails!

      Dear Toots, I'm so sorry to hear about your situation!! You have borne everything with such courage and humor, and it is upsetting to hear that you have to deal with radiotherapy again. Virtual hugs to you, Toots.

      Hello Laurie Russell, and welcome to the forum. Best wishes with your surgery. You'll learn so much from this website. Keep us posted!

      Saundra, I'm so pleased to hear how well things have gone for you this time around!! Best wishes for continuing progress!

      Best wishes to all!

      Barbara

    • Saundra Davis profile image

      Saundra Davis 4 years ago from California

      HIPPIES!

      I've doubled down and now have two, count 'em, two "good hips" and I couldn't be happier. Please forgive me for taking so long to update, I will just write this post then go back and read the past couple of weeks postings and answer any outstanding questions/comments:

      My RTHR was 10/9 and I was quite nervous. I had AVN (avascular necrosis) probably as a result of sickle cell trait or my early years of body building (I was soooo hot!).

      The process went as smoothly although I was concerned that I wasn't the first surgery of the day (don't want a tired doc), but I was second and the doc was the same as the LTHR. I liked him well enough so felt that I was in good hands. Surgery went fine and before I knew what "hit me" I was in the Palo Alto VA "Step Down" unit (1 full time nurse stays in the room 24/7 with 4 patients).

      A couple of things were different this time:

      The nerve block was placed lower on the leg and didn't seem to completely dull the pain so I was a bit more sensitive post op.

      I woke up with the leg compression sleeves, but no belly shots of blood thinners (look ma' no bruises).

      I didn't take percocet (no more Jabba the Hut hallucinations) and the vicodin was given to me right at the 6 hour point and I tolerated them without incident.

      I was able to get up and put some weight on the leg the next morning and I was moved to a "private room" (benes of being one of the very few female veterans receiving services) began promptly as expected.

      Unlike LTHR, this time I went to rehab (you all had great impact on that decision) and it was THE BEST decision I could have made. They helped me learn how to push the L WHILE protecting the R. I am home now and doing my daily exercises. I am walking without a cane/walker (although I do carry a can for moral support when I am outside or on uneven surfaces).

      PT had me on a bike, elliptical, and stairs. We did some awesome balance work and stepping on and off a cushion (really cushy) which made my new hip (and the "old" one frankly) finally feel like MINE!

      I did have one drug episode when they "cancelled" my meds (auto reorder failed) and they had already taken out the block so I felt EVERYTHING for about 8 hours - that was very unpleasant.

      They tried to give me morphine which I refused (I am VERY cautious about meds) so I just had to wait it out until the next three rounds of vicodin (12 hours) to take effect.

      Overall, this experience was a bit easier which I attribute to being in rehab and getting PT everyday for 7 days. I feel strong and finally in "REAL" recovery (i.e. both hips). I am at home resting, knitting and playing computer games. I do my exercises and walk every day...now just the 90 period of precautions.

      Thank you all for the well wishes and good vibes...I'll tell ya, that pixie dust really works!

      BE WELL - Keep healing.

      Love,

      S

    • ZenZen profile image

      ZenZen 4 years ago

      Hi Hippies,

      Maggie, I'm so happy for you too! "Star Hippy Graduate". You refer to yourself as part of the "slow healing group" ; I think perhaps you're healing right on schedule. (They do tell us 1yr.ish) I'm not very good with a paintbrush - I hire my 18 yr old artist daughter to do black line work, then I fire, (kiln not her), and do the consequent shading and colour work. ;) You probably won't have any trouble with the steroid injections, but I have been told that repeated injections will cause more rapid deterioration in the OA area. Something to consider...sorry for the rain cloud. I'll investigate too. Apparently I have some OA in the same area.

      Off to get ready to indulge Daughter in fancy, decadent lunch out in the world!

      All the Best,

      Zen

    • profile image

      Maggie 4 years ago

      My hip was pronounced A-OK today according to the annual X-Ray and my FOD.....YEEHAW!!!! I can't tell you how relieved that little piece of knowledge made me.:-) He said my ROM is amazing, my strength is excellent, the bone is solid and the placement is as close to perfect as can be; can't ask for much more, eh? Naturally, I did inquire about the heel-lift and he said it's not needed for my hip, but if it makes my back feel better until I can get the injection, no harm done, since it's only 1/8 of an inch.

      That's the good news. The "bad," is that he agrees with my PT Dude in that my back is the culprit with the achy-arse syndrome, therefore I will be getting an X-Ray guided steroid injection into the offending facet to relieve inflammation. According to him, while PT helps, as does massage, as does standing, none of it will reduce the deep inflammation in the area and this is my best recourse. I believe him, so am waiting to hear from the hospital to book the appointment. I have a moderate amount of OA in the lower lumbar region and the inflammation is the result of that scenario.

      I decided not to mention my funky knee action today because A) It hasn't bothered me much for 2 weeks and B) I don't want anymore surgery this year or tests. I am done with "White Coats," for now with the exception of the above mentioned injection. Enough!

      MaryRose, maybe we'll be injected simultaneously, eh? I'm not worried and you shouldn't be either. As he said today, it'll either work or it won't, but it does for roughly 95% of cases. That sounds like good odds to me.:-) I am happy to know that my hospital (New England Baptist) has not been involved with any of the "Fungal-Tainted Steroids," that have caused meningitis in so many across the country (USA) recently. I didn't think they would be, but felt it prudent to check, ya know?

      I won't need to see him again for 2 years unless I develop a problem; huzzah! I believe I am now a *Graduate* and that's a great feeling after this very S-L-O-W year.:-)

      Zen, your "Tin-Man" label may be the very best description I've seen of the Hippie Walking .....*ahem* Style, to date. In another month, I'm sure your style will be much more *Dorothy*, LOL!

      I paint for fun, and have a few pieces that are wall-worthy, but definitely could not be trusted with Restoration glass. You must be VERY talented with a brush Zen.:-)

      Sending patience, anti-fret vibes and healing wishes to all!

    • profile image

      Rosehip19 4 years ago

      Maggie and Zen - thank you so much for your input about the steroid injections. It does sound as if they are not as scary as I had thought. 30 seconds of pain I can do - especially if it makes the general aches and pains go away. I am particularly keen to avoid any suggestion of revision surgery as you can imagine!

      Laurie - I second everything everyone else has told you, especially about the help, support and eminently sensible advice you will get on this site. Please keep us informed of your progress.

      Best wishes to all, Maryrose

    • ZenZen profile image

      ZenZen 4 years ago

      Hello Hippest of Hippies,

      Wow, we've been talking!

      Laurie, welcome, you've found the best resource on THR recovery. Maggie pretty much said it all, except I 'd like to add that it's really helpful to have some meals prepped in the freezer. I was at the mercy of my non-cooking partner and 88 year old Father in my early recovery days X2 and pre-fab chicken nuggets and fries just don't cut it for me. ;) Best of luck next week. We'll be here when you need us.

      Maggie, HAPPY ANNIVERSARY! It's always so good to hear from you. Painting, good for you, I hope you're playing some good dancing music while you do it! I've been doing a bit of painting too recently, albeit on restoration glass pieces, not walls...but, I'm working again...slowly.

      Maryrose, I had a steroid injection into my right hip pre-op. It eased the pain somewhat for approx. 3 mos. I had no side effects from it other than having my first surgery post-poned for 4mos. My family Doc. didn't consult with my surgeon before sending me for the shot 2 wks prior to my scheduled surgery. When surgeon found out he would not go near me for 4 mos. ARGHHH! Ancient history now.

      Toots, Big Blast of healing energy to you! Don't worry about pain meds, they can disposed of when you don't need them anymore. Not fun, but doable. No, I didn't post about alternate methods of chatting. I'm happy here.

      gkorbar, maybe a good massage would help you with your range of movement issues. I had one yesterday to celebrate 12wks since # 2. I feel so much better, she worked out a lot of the compensatory muscle pain in my bod in addition the soreness that I was feeling down the front of my thighs...(I think that's called "growing pains" on this site), and consequently my mood has improved. Maybe massage would help. I'm going to start attempting the Sun Salutation (Yoga) very soon to try to increase my range of motion. Socks are no fun. I'm still a walking tinman. :)

      Saundra, reminding you to take it easy.

      Patient healing Hipsters,

      xox,

      Zen

    • profile image

      Maggie 4 years ago

      Welcome to the Hippest Group in Town Laurie! Of course you're scared! We'd doubt your sanity if you felt otherwise, eh?

      I don't think anyone really likes to ask for help, feel helpless, vulnerable or feel like a burden. That said, if we ever needed to rely on those who care, now is the time. Just think of asking for help as learning a new skill.:-) It is, really, in many ways. You'll also cultivate a lot of patience along the Recovery Road, LOL.

      It's good to note that you won't be entirely at the mercy of others as well; honest! You won't go home until you're able to maneuver on crutches or with a walker and you'll soon *graduate* to a cane which makes everything much easier. You'll be walking about wonky-fashion because you need to get up frequently. I found it convenient to pack a lightweight bag with all my necessary *stuff* for the day; reading glasses, e-book, cell phone and so forth so those would always be with me as I meandered about the house.

      I think many here will tell you the very hardest part initially is getting a good night's sleep!

      Please come back and update us once the surgery is a done deal. In many respects, I think you'll be pleasantly surprised at how quickly they have you up and about, dressing yourself and teaching you how to navigate stairs and get in and out of the shower.

      For best results, take your pain meds as directed for as long as necessary and follow your post-op instructions to a "T." The rest is up to Mother Nature and we all heal at a different rate, so don't compare your experience to anyone else's. Best of luck!

    • Laurie Russell profile image

      Laurie Russell 4 years ago from London, Ontario

      Hi, I am having my first hip replacement next Friday. I am 59 and I have tried to be as prepared as possible! Still scared, I guess I'm a bit of a control freak and hate asking for help.

    • profile image

      Maggie 4 years ago

      Howdy Hipsters! It's been awhile since I've posted because....I've been painting several rooms in my house.:-) That means I am feeling quite a bit better, thanks to continued PT, an adjustment in my heel-lift, home traction exercises and probably just the passage of time, eh?

      Tomorrow, I will see my FOD (Fancy Ortho Dude) for my year check-up and X-Ray. I'm crossing all digits that nothing will be *amiss* ....especially since I still have an aching butt and some thigh discomfort. Sitting comfortably for more than an hour anywhere is still impossible; pfft! That said, I seem to be fairly well recovered in all other respects. Note the use of the word fairly, LOL. Squatting can still be problematic and sometimes stairs, but those are minor issues in my book.

      Toots, CRAP! You must've been a very bad girl in a prior life, eh? This is such unwelcome news; aaaarrggh! I know how discouraging this setback must be, yet you always manage to find some humor in the darkest, dustiest corner. That makes you one very special Hipster.:-) My thoughts and "Special Pixie Dust," are with you as you enter this new challenge, and of course, I agree on popping those pain meds! Pain never adds to quality of life. Please keep us posted and I'll continue to send *Healing Vibes* across the pond.:-)

      MaryRose, I found your post disturbing but enlightening. I truly wish such was not the case for you. I hope you can somehow manage to avoid steroid injections, but if not, I can tell you that I've had them (several over the years) in different joints and other areas with no long-term nasty side effects. Short term effects were insomnia and sweating, along with slightly increased appetite. That said, I did not find them especially helpful either, but I know there are some who do. I had two for hip bursitis prior to my surgery and one in the hip joint in an effort to put off surgery. They are very painful for about....a 1/2 minute, then one feels extreme relief for many hours due to the inclusion of a numbing agent. It was a real letdown for me when the numbing agent wore off! At best, they can provide relief to some for up to a year, but I think the average is more typically 3-4 months. I had minor relief for about 2 weeks and was then sent back to "Square One."

      Gkorbar, yours is a very challenging and unique situation. You are so active in so many different ways, basically free of pain, yet still struggle with the socks and foot washing. I hope PT will provide the answer and you can avoid any further surgery. PT is such a s-l-o-w process and has it's own set of frustrations, yet it's worth a shot in my book. I know you have basically the same condition as MaryRose, (ectopic bone) yet you weren't offered steroid injections as a possible *fix*....interesting. That makes my suspicious mind feel as though steroids would just be used as a diagnostic tool or pain "cover-up," and that makes it difficult to say whether or not it's a worthwhile alternative for either of you.

      Welcome Terry! I can certainly empathize with all of your concerns, though I was 58 and retired when I had my hip done a year ago, and only faced one surgery. If you look back on this site, there are many here who've had both done and managed quite well. Zen is our "Hippie Rock Star," in this category.:-)

      I wouldn't fret too much over doing too much post-op, 'cuz.....you're body will simply say "No." It's very vocal! Without any post-op instructions whatsoever, you'll be "told," in no uncertain terms what's acceptable.

      The good news for you is youth! You will undoubtedly recover faster than those of us who are older. Your muscles are most likely stronger and less atrophied in general, even compared to many of us who did our best to remain active prior to surgery. Youth does have advantages.:-)

      Are you having a posterior or anterior approach? Recovery is much faster with an anterior approach, but not everyone is a good candidate and not every surgeon chooses that method due to their own experience and comfortability level. Either way, yes, it's major surgery and recovery is rough initially, but as Barbara stated so eloquently, you will see improvements almost every day post-surgically. Please come back and tell us all about your experience and share your progress with us.:-)

      Saundra, how are you doing? I assume you are now post-op on #2? My, you did a lot of research on developing a different type of forum, all of it waaaay over my head, LOL. If you'd like to start sumthin' up, I'm sure we'd all join in to post.:-)

    • profile image

      Toots UK 4 years ago

      Ectopic bone - sounds like an alien life form! What strange things the body does. I hope your relief from pain continues Maryrose so that you don't need the injections. I have not had any experience of steroid injections or known anyone who has. Presumably the doctor has faith in their effectiveness. They should discuss all the adverse effects and their likelihood with you. I always think that most of the stuff you find on the Internet is about worst case scenarios, and people report bad experiences but are less likely to report good. That's one reason why I like this forum, it is very balanced about the whole mixture of good, bad, ugly, frustrating and encouraging aspects of recovery from THR!

      gkorbar, I am at 11 months and although I no longer need the sock aid I still have to adopt some strange postures and techniques to wash my right foot, cut my toenails and put my right sock on. I recently bought a pair of slip on ankle boots (Clarks, of course, Barbara and Maggie) and it takes me a lot of patience and unsightly wiggling to get them on. What I want to say is that this represents progress, slow progress but definitely progress none-the-less, and I am hoping the progress continues until at least a near normality is reached. And I am hoping you will find the same. Good luck with it! It sounds as though you are very active in lots of other areas.

      Unfortunately, the new pain I wrote about which my physio thought was due to fascia problems turns out to be due to cancer progression problems (I had THR due to breast cancer mets in the hip). So it's more radiotherapy for me, for pain relief, and my hormone treatment may be changed. I find I am popping the pills with even more dedication than before the THR, so anything to ease the pain is welcome. Strangely this problem has minimal effect on my mobility and tends to strike at night, or when I am sitting down. So - lots of walking for me!

      Zenzen, was it you who wrote about starting up a different type of discussion board? Although all the jargon seemed a foreign language to me it sounds like a really good idea if it allows easier chat.

      Best wishes to all hippies.

    • profile image

      rosehip19 4 years ago

      Yup - heterotopic ossification is the same as ectopic bone. I too had blood thinning injections for some time after the op, but I got the impression that the rogue bit of bone had developed because of calcification of scar tissue. Whatever, it is supposed not to have any adverse effects unless it grows so much that it attaches to the hipbone. Then you really do seize up!

      I think my hip must have heard the surgeon talking about steroid injections, or had followed all the horror stories I found on the internet, because ever since he suggested it I have been comparatively pain-free! I haven't had the appointment through yet, and when it does I may be able to postpone it while I am feeling more comfortable. Has anyone else had steroid injections? As I said, a lot of what I have read sounds horrendous, and I would appreciate some of the more rational advice and experience that we always give each other on this site.

      Best wishes to all - Maryrose

    • profile image

      gkorbar 4 years ago

      Hi Hippys,

      I am wondering about the ectopic bone growth. I was told at two months out of my RTHR that I had heterotropic ossification, caused by blood leaking into area around joint from being on blood thinners. Surgeon said it hardens into bone. Is it the same thing? Doc said at first could be limiting my movement, then at 5 month appointment he said that it wasn't causing my problem. I am 6 1/2 months out, still can't reach my foot to put on sock or shoe, have to use sock aid and elastic laces. seems to be locked at hip. My surgeon at that appointment just said see you a year out from surgery date. I got my family doc to give me more therapy, may be helping a little. I am able to do everything else, i walk 2-3 miles a day, was riding my bicycle few times a week for 9-14 miles, with weather getting cold not doing to much with that. It is frustrating that i still cant bend, tired of using sock aid, and long handle brush to clean foot when showering. The pain is pretty well gone, but actually worse range of movement then before surgery.

      Terry,

      I am 60, had my right hip replaced with anterior method, I used walker for a week, cane for another week, then nothing, also drove at 10 days. I started riding bicycle at 5 weeks and at 8 weeks rode in a 23 mile ride. I know the posterior method lays you up longer. just follow your doctors orders, do the therapy, and progress will come. I was probably stupid with pain pills, I hate taking them so stopped after 5 days, weekend was too much pain to move much so started them again. Figured better to take and be able to do therapy then not and be in pain. I did stop after 2 weeks and was fine. Best of luck to you.

    • ZenZen profile image

      ZenZen 4 years ago

      Hi Hipsters,

      Maryrose, "Ectopic bone"...GOOD GRIEF! What do we hippies have to consider next! :) or :( ...

      Graduate Barbara, so good to hear your voice. How are you feeling now? Thank you.

      Big Welcome Terry, I ditto every word Barbara said and ... I'll add that I'm 48 and have had both hips bionisized this year. I'm 11 wks. post on #2 today (#1 was in Jan.). (I'm cycling , shopping, working - stained glass- ,cooking, laundry ...no vacuuming yet). I know how you're feeling re: surgery and recovery, but you wouldn't be going through the ops if you didn't have to and you wouldn't have found us if you didn't need to. We're here. In my early recovery days on #1, before I had the courage to introduce myself, I read this conversation from the beginning. It gave me so much confidence in my healing process that I could stave off the many fears that reared their ugly heads as they rose. My Father is a scout leader and has taught me from day 1 to be prepared. Please, if you haven't already, read the words from those that came before us. They will help. Recovery is not quick, but living without that pain is worth the investment in healing time.

      I hope you have loved ones lined up in your life to help you through. I have kept mine informed every step of the way and no ones's lost patience with me yet. In so far as feeling afraid to do too much...move as much as you can under the restrictions given by your surgeon and don't worry, your body will let you know. I wish you all the best in your journey.

      Maggie, how are you?????

      Saundra???

      Pleasant Healing all Hippies,

      XOX,

      Zen

    Click to Rate This Article